]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merge branch 'map'
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21799 41767 31221 635000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21814 9129
69 ;;;;;; 380496 997000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21670 32331
89 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21855 577
100 ;;;;;; 357945 168000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21670 32331 885635
112 ;;;;;; 586000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21853 45243
242 ;;;;;; 381515 341000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21855 576 477946 398000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21855
841 ;;;;;; 576 417950 874000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21855 577 137948
900 ;;;;;; 458000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21670 32331 385639
922 ;;;;;; 720000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21670 32330 885624
955 ;;;;;; 725000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21670
982 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21670 32330 885624
1019 ;;;;;; 725000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21670 32330 885624
1041 ;;;;;; 725000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21862 60209 608658
1157 ;;;;;; 477000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21852 24382
1249 ;;;;;; 57264 475000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21670 32331
1456 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21670
1484 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21670 32330 885624
1497 ;;;;;; 725000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21670 32331
1558 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21670 32330 885624
1569 ;;;;;; 725000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21853
1608 ;;;;;; 45243 381515 341000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1639
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1654
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656
1657 ;;;***
1658 \f
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21855 576 477946
1660 ;;;;;; 398000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1672
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook #'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1702
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook #'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1743
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21670 32331
1787 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21754 56896 744606
1806 ;;;;;; 568000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1836
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21670
1842 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875
1876 ;;;***
1877 \f
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21855 577 517944
1879 ;;;;;; 90000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916
1917
1918 Special information:
1919
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1948
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 885635 586000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21670 32331 385639
1982 ;;;;;; 720000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003
2004 ;;;***
2005 \f
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21670 32331
2007 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013
2014 What is blackbox?
2015
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2022
2023 Overview of play:
2024
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2028
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2031
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044
2045 Details:
2046
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2064
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2072
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2075
2076 1
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 2 3
2086
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089
2090
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2107
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2121
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123
2124 ;;;***
2125 \f
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21798 49947 232670
2127 ;;;;;; 676000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2151
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2155
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2165
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2174
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2225
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2236
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2248
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2253
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2255
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2257
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2263
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2269
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2274
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2283
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2290
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2294
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2304
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2313
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317
2318 ;;;***
2319 \f
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21811 32939
2321 ;;;;;; 190503 320000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2351
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2367 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2370
2371 Passes any ARGS to the browser function.
2372 The default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373
2374 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2375
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2378 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2379 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2380 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2381
2382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2383
2384 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2385 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2386 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2387 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2388 says which browser to use.
2389
2390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2391
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2393 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2394 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2395 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2396
2397 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2398
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2402 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2403
2404 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2405 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2406 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2407 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408
2409 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2410 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2411 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2412
2413 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2414 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415
2416 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417
2418 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2419
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2422 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2423 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2424
2425 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2426 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2427 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2428 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429
2430 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2431 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2432 new tab in an existing window instead.
2433
2434 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2435 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2438
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2442 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2443
2444 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2445 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2446 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447
2448 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2449 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2450 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2451
2452 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2453 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456
2457 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2460 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2461 Chromium.
2462
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2468 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2469
2470 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2471 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2472 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2473 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474
2475 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2476 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2477 new tab in an existing window instead.
2478
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483
2484 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2485
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2488
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2493 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2494 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2495
2496 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2497 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2498 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2499 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500
2501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505
2506 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2507
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2509 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2510
2511 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2513 program is invoked according to the variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2515
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2518 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2519 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525
2526 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2527
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2530 Default to the URL around or before point.
2531
2532 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2533 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2534 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2535
2536 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2537 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2538 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2539 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540
2541 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2542 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543
2544 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2545
2546 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2547
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2550 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2551 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2552
2553 When called interactively, if variable
2554 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2555 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2556 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2557 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2558
2559 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2560 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2561 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2562
2563 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2564 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2565
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2567
2568 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2569 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2570 Default to the URL around or before point.
2571
2572 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2573 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2574 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575
2576 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2577 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578
2579 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2580
2581 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2582 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2583 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2584 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2585
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2587
2588 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2589
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2591 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2592 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2593 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2594 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2595 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2596
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2598
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2601 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2602 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2603 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2604
2605 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2606 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2607 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2608 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2609
2610 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2611 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2612
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2614
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2616 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2617 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2618 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2619 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2620 current one.
2621
2622 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2623 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2624 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2625 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2626
2627 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2628 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2629
2630 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2631
2632 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2633 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2634 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2635 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2636 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2637 don't offer a form of remote control.
2638
2639 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2640
2641 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2642 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2643 Default to the URL around or before point.
2644
2645 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2648 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2649 Default to the URL around the point.
2650
2651 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2652 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2653
2654 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2655 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2656
2657 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2658
2659 ;;;***
2660 \f
2661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
2662 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2663 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2664
2665 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2666 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2667 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2668 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2669
2670 \(fn)" t nil)
2671
2672 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2673 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2674 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2675 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2676
2677 \(fn)" t nil)
2678
2679 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2680 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2681
2682 \(fn)" t nil)
2683
2684 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2685 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2686 \\<bs-mode-map>
2687 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2688 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2689 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2690 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2691
2692 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2693 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2694 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2695 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2696 name of buffer configuration.
2697
2698 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2699
2700 ;;;***
2701 \f
2702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21670 32331 385639
2703 ;;;;;; 720000))
2704 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2705
2706 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2707 Play Bubbles game.
2708 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2709 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2710 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2711 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2712 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2713 columns on its right towards the left.
2714
2715 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2716 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2717 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2718 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2719
2720 \(fn)" t nil)
2721
2722 ;;;***
2723 \f
2724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2725 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
2726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2727
2728 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2729
2730 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2731 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2733 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2734 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2735
2736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2737
2738 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2739 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2740
2741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2742
2743 ;;;***
2744 \f
2745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21855
2746 ;;;;;; 576 747949 136000))
2747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2748 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2749 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2750 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2751
2752 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2753
2754 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2755 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2756 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2757 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2758 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2759 else the global value will be modified.
2760
2761 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2762
2763 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2764 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2765 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2766 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2767 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2768 else the global value will be modified.
2769
2770 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2771
2772 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2773 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2774 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2775
2776 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2777
2778 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2779 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2780 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2781 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2782
2783 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2784 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2785 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2786 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2787 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2788 before scanning it.
2789
2790 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2791 that already has a `.elc' file.
2792
2793 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2794 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2795
2796 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2797 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2798 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2799 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2800 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2801 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2802
2803 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2804
2805 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2806 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2807 Print the result in the echo area.
2808 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2809
2810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2811
2812 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2813 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2814 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2815
2816 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2817
2818 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2819 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2820 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2821 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2822 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2823 all functions called by those functions.
2824
2825 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2826 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2827 cons, etc.).
2828
2829 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2830 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2831 invoked interactively.
2832
2833 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2834
2835 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2836 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2837 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2838 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2839
2840 \(fn)" nil nil)
2841
2842 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2843 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2844 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2845 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2846 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2847 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2848 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2849 already up-to-date.
2850
2851 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2852
2853 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2854 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2855 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2856 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2857
2858 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2859 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2860 and corresponding effects.
2861
2862 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2863
2864 ;;;***
2865 \f
2866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21670
2867 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2869
2870 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2871
2872 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2873
2874 ;;;***
2875 \f
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21670 32330
2877 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2879
2880 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2881
2882 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2883
2884 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2885
2886 ;;;***
2887 \f
2888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21670
2889 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2890 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2891
2892 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2893 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2894 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2895 from the cursor position.
2896
2897 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2898
2899 ;;;***
2900 \f
2901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21855 576 517945 858000))
2902 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2903 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2904
2905 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2907
2908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2909
2910 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2911 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2912
2913 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914
2915 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2917
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2919
2920 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2921 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2922 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2923 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2924
2925 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2926
2927 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2928 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2929 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2930 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2931
2932 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2935 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2936 This is most useful in the X window system.
2937 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2938 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2939
2940 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2941
2942 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2943 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2944 See calc-keypad for details.
2945
2946 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2947
2948 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2949 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2950
2951 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2952
2953 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2954 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2955
2956 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2957
2958 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2959 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2960
2961 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2962
2963 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2964 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2965 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2966
2967 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2968
2969 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2970 Define Calc function.
2971
2972 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2973 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2974 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2975
2976 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2977 actual Lisp function name.
2978
2979 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2980
2981 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2982
2983 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2984
2985 ;;;***
2986 \f
2987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21670 32330
2988 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2989 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2990
2991 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2992
2993
2994 \(fn N)" t nil)
2995
2996 ;;;***
2997 \f
2998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21850 35126 597287
2999 ;;;;;; 693000))
3000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3001
3002 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3003 Run the Emacs calculator.
3004 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3005
3006 \(fn)" t nil)
3007
3008 ;;;***
3009 \f
3010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21852 24381
3011 ;;;;;; 457257 198000))
3012 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3013
3014 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3015 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3016 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3017 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3018 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3019 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3020
3021 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3022 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3023 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3024 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3025 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3026 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3027 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3028 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3029 window.
3030
3031 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3032 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3033
3034 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3035 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3036 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3037 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3038 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3039 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3040
3041 Runs the following hooks:
3042
3043 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3044 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3045 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3046 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3047
3048 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3049
3050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3051
3052 ;;;***
3053 \f
3054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21852 24381 567240
3055 ;;;;;; 49000))
3056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3057
3058 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3059 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3060
3061 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3062
3063 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3064 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3065 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3066 it fails.
3067
3068 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3069
3070 ;;;***
3071 \f
3072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21855
3073 ;;;;;; 577 387944 393000))
3074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3075
3076 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3077 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3078
3079 \(fn)" nil nil)
3080
3081 ;;;***
3082 \f
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21855 577
3084 ;;;;;; 397944 786000))
3085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3086
3087 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3088 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3089
3090 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3091 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3092
3093 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3094 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3095
3096 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3097
3098 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3099 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3100 made from scratch.
3101
3102 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3103
3104 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3105 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3106
3107 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3108 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3109 made from scratch.
3110
3111 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3112
3113 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3114 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3115
3116 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3117
3118 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3119 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3120 made from scratch.
3121
3122 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3123
3124 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3125 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3126
3127 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3128 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3129 made from scratch.
3130
3131 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3132
3133 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3134 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3135
3136 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3137
3138 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3139 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3140 made from scratch.
3141
3142 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3146
3147 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3148 variables are guessed:
3149
3150 * `c-basic-offset', and
3151 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3152 `c-offsets-alist'.
3153
3154 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3155 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3156
3157 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3158 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3159
3160 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3161 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3162 guess is made from scratch.
3163
3164 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3165 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3166
3167 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3168
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3171 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3172 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3173
3174 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3175 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3176 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3177
3178 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3179
3180 ;;;***
3181 \f
3182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21861 39358
3183 ;;;;;; 537945 535000))
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3185
3186 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3187 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3188 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3189 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3190 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3191 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3192 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3193
3194 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3196 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3197 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3203
3204 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3205 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3206 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3207 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3208 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3209 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3210
3211 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3212
3213 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3214 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3215
3216 Key bindings:
3217 \\{c-mode-map}
3218
3219 \(fn)" t nil)
3220
3221 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3222 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3223 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3224 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3225 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3226 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3227 message.
3228
3229 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3230
3231 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3232 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3233
3234 Key bindings:
3235 \\{c++-mode-map}
3236
3237 \(fn)" t nil)
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3239
3240 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3241 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3242 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3243 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3244 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3245 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3246 message.
3247
3248 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3249
3250 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3251 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3252
3253 Key bindings:
3254 \\{objc-mode-map}
3255
3256 \(fn)" t nil)
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3258
3259 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3260 Major mode for editing Java code.
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3262 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3265 message.
3266
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3268
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3270 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3271
3272 Key bindings:
3273 \\{java-mode-map}
3274
3275 \(fn)" t nil)
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3277
3278 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3279 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3280 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3281 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3282 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3283 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3284 message.
3285
3286 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3287
3288 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3289 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3290
3291 Key bindings:
3292 \\{idl-mode-map}
3293
3294 \(fn)" t nil)
3295 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3296 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3297
3298 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3299 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3300 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3301 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3302 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3303 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3304 message.
3305
3306 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3307
3308 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3309 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3310
3311 Key bindings:
3312 \\{pike-mode-map}
3313
3314 \(fn)" t nil)
3315 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3316 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3317 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3318 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3319 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3320
3321 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3322 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3323 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3324 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3325 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3326 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3327
3328 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3329
3330 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3331 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3332
3333 Key bindings:
3334 \\{awk-mode-map}
3335
3336 \(fn)" t nil)
3337
3338 ;;;***
3339 \f
3340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21670
3341 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3343
3344 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3345 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3346 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3347 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3348
3349 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3350
3351 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3352 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3353 might get set too.
3354
3355 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3356 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3357 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3358 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3359 in this way.
3360
3361 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3362 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3363 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3364 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3365 a null operation.
3366
3367 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3368
3369 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3370 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3371 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3372 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3373
3374 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3375
3376 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3377 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3378 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3379
3380 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3381
3382 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3383 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3384 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3385 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3386 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3387
3388 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3389
3390 ;;;***
3391 \f
3392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21670 32331
3393 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
3394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3395 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3396 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3397 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3398
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21682 23484 726747
3402 ;;;;;; 991000))
3403 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3404
3405 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3406 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3407
3408 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3409
3410 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3411 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3412
3413 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3414
3415 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3416 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3417
3418 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3419 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3420 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3421 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3422 execution.
3423
3424 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3425
3426 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3427
3428 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3429 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3430
3431 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3432 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3433 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3434 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3435
3436 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3437 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3438 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3439 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3440 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3441 `write' commands.
3442
3443 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3444 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3445 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3446 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3447
3448 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3449 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3450 semantics.
3451
3452 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3453
3454 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3455
3456 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3457
3458 STATEMENT :=
3459 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3460 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3461
3462 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3463 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3464 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3465 | integer
3466
3467 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3468
3469 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3470 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3471 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3472
3473 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3474 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3475 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3476
3477 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3478
3479 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3480 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3481 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3482 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3483 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3484 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3485 ;; last STATEMENT.
3486 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3487
3488 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3489 BREAK := (break)
3490
3491 REPEAT :=
3492 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3493 (repeat)
3494 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3495 ;; (repeat))
3496 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3497 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3498 ;; (read REG)
3499 ;; (repeat))
3500 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3501 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3502 ;; (read REG)
3503 ;; (repeat))
3504 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3505
3506 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3507 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3508 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3509 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3510 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3511 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3512 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3513 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3514 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3515 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3516 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3517 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3518 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3519 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3520 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3521 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3522
3523 WRITE :=
3524 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3525 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3526 ;; representation.
3527 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3528 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3529 ;; (write r7))
3530 | (write EXPRESSION)
3531 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3532 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3533 ;; representation.
3534 | (write integer)
3535 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3536 ;; buffer.
3537 | (write string)
3538 ;; Same as: (write string)
3539 | string
3540 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3541 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3542 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3543 ;; representation.
3544 | (write REG ARRAY)
3545 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3546 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3547 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3548 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3549 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3550 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3551
3552 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3553 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3554
3555 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3556 END := (end)
3557
3558 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3559 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3560 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3561
3562 ARG := REG | integer
3563
3564 OPERATOR :=
3565 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3566 + | - | * | / | %
3567
3568 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3569 | & | `|' | ^
3570
3571 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3572 | << | >>
3573
3574 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3575 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3576 | <8
3577
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3580 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3581 | >8
3582
3583 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3584 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3585 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3586 | //
3587
3588 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3589 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3590
3591 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3592 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3593 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3594 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3595 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3596 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3597 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3598 | de-sjis
3599
3600 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3601 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3602 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3603 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3604 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3605 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3606 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3607 ;; byte of SJIS.
3608 | en-sjis
3609
3610 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3611 ;; Same meaning as C code
3612 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3613
3614 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3615 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3616 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3617 | <8=
3618
3619 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3620 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3621 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3622
3623 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3624 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3625 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3626 | //=
3627
3628 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3629
3630
3631 TRANSLATE :=
3632 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3633 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3634 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3635 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3636 ;; respectively.
3637 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3638 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3639 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3640 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3641
3642 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3643 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3644 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3645
3646 LOOKUP :=
3647 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3648 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3649 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3650 ;; respectively.
3651 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3652 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3653 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3654
3655 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3656 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3657 ;; REG.
3658 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3659 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3660 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3661
3662 MAP :=
3663 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3664 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3665 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3666 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3667
3668 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3669 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3670 MAP-ID := integer
3671
3672 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3673
3674 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3675
3676 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3677 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3678 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3679 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3680 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3681 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3682
3683 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3684
3685 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3686 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3687 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3688
3689 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3690
3691 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3692
3693 ;;;***
3694 \f
3695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21716 41663
3696 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3698
3699 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3700 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3701 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3702 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3703
3704 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3705
3706 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3707
3708 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3709 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3710
3711 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3712
3713 ;;;***
3714 \f
3715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21670 32330 885624
3716 ;;;;;; 725000))
3717 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3718 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3719
3720 ;;;***
3721 \f
3722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21695 35516
3723 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
3724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3725 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3726
3727 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3728 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3729 There are no special keybindings by default.
3730
3731 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3732 to the action header.
3733
3734 \(fn)" t nil)
3735
3736 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3737 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3738 There are no special keybindings by default.
3739
3740 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3741 to the action header.
3742
3743 \(fn)" t nil)
3744
3745 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3746 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3747
3748 \(fn)" t nil)
3749
3750 ;;;***
3751 \f
3752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21841 54062
3753 ;;;;;; 162628 940000))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3755 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3756
3757 ;;;***
3758 \f
3759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3760 ;;;;;; (21855 576 747949 136000))
3761 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3762
3763 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3764 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3765 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3766
3767 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3768
3769 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3770 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3771 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3772
3773 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3774
3775 ;;;***
3776 \f
3777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21862
3778 ;;;;;; 60209 647465 565000))
3779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3780 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3781 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3782 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3783 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3784 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3785 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3786 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3788 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3789
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3791
3792
3793 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3794 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3795 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3796
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3798 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3799 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3800 the users will view as each check is completed.
3801
3802 \(fn)" t nil)
3803
3804 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3805 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3806 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3807 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3808 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3809 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3810 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3811 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3812
3813 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3814
3815 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3816 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3817 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3818 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3819 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3820 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3821 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3822 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3823
3824 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3825
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3827 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3828 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3829 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3830 spacing are all verified.
3831
3832 \(fn)" t nil)
3833
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3835 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3836 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3837 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3838 otherwise stop after the first error.
3839
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3841
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3843 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3844 Only documentation strings are checked.
3845 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3847 a separate buffer.
3848
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3850
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3852 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3853 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3854 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3855 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3856
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3858
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3860 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3861 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3862 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3863 if there is one.
3864
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3866
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3868 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3869 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3870 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3871 if there is one.
3872 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3873
3874 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3875
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3877 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3878 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3879
3880 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3881
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3883 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3884 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3885 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3886 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3887
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3889
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3891 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3892 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3893 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3894 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3895 space at the end of each line.
3896
3897 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3898
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3903
3904 \(fn)" t nil)
3905
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3910
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3912
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3917
3918 \(fn)" t nil)
3919
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3924
3925 \(fn)" t nil)
3926
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3931
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3933
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3938
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3945
3946 \(fn)" t nil)
3947
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3952
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3954
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3956 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3957 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3958 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3959
3960 \(fn)" t nil)
3961
3962 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3963 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3964 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3965 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3966 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3967
3968 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3969 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3970 checking of documentation strings.
3971
3972 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3973
3974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3975
3976 ;;;***
3977 \f
3978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21670
3979 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3980 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3981
3982 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3983 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3984 Return the length of resulting text.
3985
3986 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3987
3988 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3989 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3990
3991 \(fn)" t nil)
3992
3993 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3994 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3995 Return the length of resulting text.
3996
3997 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3998
3999 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4000 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4001
4002 \(fn)" t nil)
4003
4004 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4005
4006
4007 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4008
4009 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4010
4011
4012 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4013
4014 ;;;***
4015 \f
4016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
4017 ;;;;;; 725000))
4018 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4019
4020 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4021 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4022 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4023 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4024 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4025 editing and the result is evaluated.
4026
4027 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4028
4029 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4030 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4031 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4032 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4033 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4034
4035 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4036
4037 \(fn)" t nil)
4038
4039 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4040 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4041 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4042 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4043 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4044
4045 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4046 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4047 \\{command-history-map}
4048
4049 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4050 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4051
4052 \(fn)" t nil)
4053
4054 ;;;***
4055 \f
4056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21855
4057 ;;;;;; 576 767950 442000))
4058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4059
4060 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4061 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4062 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4063 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4064 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4065 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4066 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4067 of this function.
4068
4069 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4070 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4071 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4072 property are:
4073
4074 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4075 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4076
4077 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4078 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4079 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4080 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4081 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4082 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4083 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4084 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4085 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4086 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4087 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4088 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4089
4090 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4091 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4092 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4093
4094 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4095 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4096 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4097 list elements are:
4098
4099 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4100
4101 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4102
4103 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4104
4105 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4106 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4107
4108 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4109 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4110
4111 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4112 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4113 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4114 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4115 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4116 value specified by their associated list element.
4117
4118 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4119
4120 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4121 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4122 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4123
4124 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4125 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4126 * indent the first argument by 4.
4127 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4128 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4129 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4130
4131 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4132 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4133 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4134 instead.
4135
4136 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4137
4138 ;;;***
4139 \f
4140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21843 55159
4141 ;;;;;; 639401 629000))
4142 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4143 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4144
4145 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4146
4147 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4148 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4149 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4150 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4151 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4152 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4153
4154 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4155 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4156
4157 ;;;***
4158 \f
4159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21828 42028
4160 ;;;;;; 650494 471000))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4162
4163 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4164 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4165 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4166 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4167
4168 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4169 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4170 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4171 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4172
4173 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4174 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4175
4176 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4177
4178 ;;;***
4179 \f
4180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21670 32330 885624
4181 ;;;;;; 725000))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4183
4184 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4185 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4186 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4187 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4188 of `scheme-program-name').
4189 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4190 it is given as initial input.
4191 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4192 discards input when it starts up.
4193 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4194 is run).
4195 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4196
4197 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4198
4199 ;;;***
4200 \f
4201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
4202 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4203
4204 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4205 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4206 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4207 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4208
4209 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4210 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4211
4212 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4213 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4214 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4215
4216 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4217
4218 ;;;***
4219 \f
4220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21810 12071 401207 648000))
4221 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4222
4223 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4224 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4225 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4226 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4227 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4228 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4229 functions have already modified the buffer.
4230
4231 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4232
4233 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4234 either globally or locally.")
4235
4236 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4237 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4238 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4239 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4240
4241 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4242 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4243 `start-file-process'
4244 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4245 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4246 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4247
4248 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4249 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4250
4251 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4252
4253 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4254
4255 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4256
4257 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4258 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4259 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4260 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4261 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4262 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4263 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4264 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4265 process as its initial input.
4266
4267 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4268
4269 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4270
4271 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4272
4273 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4274 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4275 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4276 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4277 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4278 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4279
4280 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4281
4282 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4283
4284 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4285 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4286 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4287 directory tracking functions.")
4288
4289 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4290 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4291 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4292
4293 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4294
4295 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4296
4297 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4298 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4299 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4300
4301 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4302
4303 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4304
4305 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4306 Send COMMAND to current process.
4307 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4308 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4309
4310 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4311
4312 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4313 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4314 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4315 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4316
4317 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4318
4319 ;;;***
4320 \f
4321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21855 577 527945
4322 ;;;;;; 248000))
4323 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4324
4325 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4326 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4327 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4328 to get another window.
4329
4330 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4331 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4332
4333 This command pushes the mark in each window
4334 at the prior location of point in that window.
4335 If both windows display the same buffer,
4336 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4337 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4338
4339 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4340 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4341 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4342 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4343 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4344 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4345 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4346 ignored.
4347
4348 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4349 this command work in interlaced mode:
4350 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4351 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4352 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4353
4354 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4355
4356 ;;;***
4357 \f
4358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21850 34915
4359 ;;;;;; 107315 406000))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4361
4362 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4363 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4364
4365 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4366
4367 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4368 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4369 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4370
4371 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4372
4373 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4374 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4375 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4376
4377 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4378
4379 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4380 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4381 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4382 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4383 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4384
4385 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4386 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4387 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4388 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4389 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4390
4391 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4392 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4393 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4394 describing how the process finished.")
4395
4396 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4397 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4398 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4399 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4400 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4401
4402 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4403 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4404 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4405
4406 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4407
4408 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4409 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4410 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4411 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4412
4413 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4414
4415 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4416 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4417
4418 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4419 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4420
4421 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4422 (lambda ()
4423 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4424 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4425 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4426 (concat \"make -k \"
4427 (if buffer-file-name
4428 (shell-quote-argument
4429 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4430
4431 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4432 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4433
4434 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4435 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4436 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4437 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4438
4439 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4440
4441 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4442 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4443 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4444 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4445
4446 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4447 and move to the source code that caused it.
4448
4449 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4450 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4451
4452 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4453 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4454 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4455 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4456 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4457
4458 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4459 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4460 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4461 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4462
4463 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4464 kills its subprocesses.
4465
4466 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4467 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4468 to a function that generates a unique name.
4469
4470 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4471
4472 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4473 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4474 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4475 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4476
4477 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4478 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4479
4480 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4481 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4482 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4483 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4484
4485 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4486 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4487 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4488
4489 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4490
4491 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4492
4493 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4494 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4495 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4496 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4497 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4498
4499 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4500
4501 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4502
4503 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4504
4505 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4506
4507 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4508 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4510 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4511 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4512
4513 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4514 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4515 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4516 See `compilation-mode'.
4517
4518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4519
4520 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4521 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4522 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4523 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4524 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4525
4526 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4527 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4528 `compilation-mode'.
4529
4530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4531
4532 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4533 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4534 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4535
4536 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4537
4538 ;;;***
4539 \f
4540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21804 59688 154807
4541 ;;;;;; 989000))
4542 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4543
4544 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4545 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4546 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4548 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4549 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4550
4551 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4552
4553 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4554 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4555 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4556 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4557 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4558
4559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4560
4561 ;;;***
4562 \f
4563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21670
4564 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
4565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4566
4567 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4568 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4569 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4570 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4571 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4572 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4573 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4574
4575 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4576 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4577 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4578
4579 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4580 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4581 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4582
4583 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4584 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4585 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4586 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4587
4588 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4589 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4590 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4591 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4592 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4593 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4594 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4595
4596 \\{conf-mode-map}
4597
4598 \(fn)" t nil)
4599
4600 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4601 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4602 Comments start with `#'.
4603 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4604
4605 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4606
4607 \[Desktop Entry]
4608 Encoding=UTF-8
4609 Name=The GIMP
4610 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4611 Name[cs]=GIMP
4612
4613 \(fn)" t nil)
4614
4615 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4616 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4617 Comments start with `;'.
4618 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4619
4620 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4621
4622 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4623 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4624 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4625
4626 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4627 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4628
4629 \(fn)" t nil)
4630
4631 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4632 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4633 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4634 between `/*' and `*/'.
4635 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4636
4637 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4638 // another kind of comment
4639 /* yet another */
4640
4641 name:value
4642 name=value
4643 name value
4644 x.1 =
4645 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4646 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4647
4648 \(fn)" t nil)
4649
4650 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4651 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4652 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4653 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4654 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4655 `conf-space-keywords'.
4656 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4657 in an interactive fashion instead.
4658
4659 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4660
4661 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4662
4663 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4664 image/png png
4665 image/tiff tiff tif
4666
4667 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4668 class desktop
4669 # Standard multimedia devices
4670 add /dev/audio desktop
4671 add /dev/mixer desktop
4672
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4674
4675 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4676 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4677 See `conf-space-mode'.
4678
4679 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4680
4681 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4682 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4683 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4684 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4685
4686 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4687
4688 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4689 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4690
4691 \(fn)" t nil)
4692
4693 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4694 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4695 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4696 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4697
4698 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4699
4700 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4701 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4702
4703 \(fn)" t nil)
4704
4705 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4706 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4707 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4708 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4709
4710 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4711
4712 *background: gray99
4713 *foreground: black
4714
4715 \(fn)" t nil)
4716
4717 ;;;***
4718 \f
4719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21670 32331 385639
4720 ;;;;;; 720000))
4721 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4722
4723 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4724 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4725 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4726 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4727 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4728 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4729
4730 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4731
4732 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4733 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4734 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4735 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4736
4737 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4738
4739 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4740 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4741 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4742 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4743
4744 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4745
4746 ;;;***
4747 \f
4748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21670
4749 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4751 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4752 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4753 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4754
4755 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4756 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4757 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4758 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4759 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4760 following the copyright are updated as well.
4761 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4762 interactively.
4763
4764 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4765
4766 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4767 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4768 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4769 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4770 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4771
4772 \(fn)" t nil)
4773
4774 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4775 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4776
4777 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4778
4779 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4780 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4781 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4782
4783 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4784
4785 ;;;***
4786 \f
4787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21862
4788 ;;;;;; 60209 828658 75000))
4789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4790 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4791 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4792 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4793 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4794 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4795 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4796 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4797
4798 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4799 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4800 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4801 Tab indents for Perl code.
4802 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4803 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4804
4805 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4806 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4807 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4808 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4809 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4810 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4811 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4812 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4813 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4814 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4815 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4816 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4817
4818 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4819
4820 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4821 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4822
4823 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4824
4825 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4826 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4827 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4828 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4829 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4830 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4831 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4832 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4833 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4834
4835 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4836
4837 bite if angry;
4838
4839 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4840 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4841 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4842 to nil.)
4843
4844 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4845 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4846 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4847
4848 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4849
4850 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4851 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4852 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4853 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4854 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4855
4856 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4857
4858 if (A) { B }
4859
4860 into
4861
4862 B if A;
4863
4864 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4865
4866 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4867 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4868 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4869 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4870 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4871 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4872 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4873 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4874 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4875 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4876 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4877 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4878 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4879
4880 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4881 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4882 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4883 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4884 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4885 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4886
4887 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4888 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4889 man via menu.
4890
4891 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4892 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4893 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4894 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4895 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4896
4897 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4898 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4899 span the needed amount of lines.
4900
4901 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4902 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4903 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4904 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4905
4906 Variables controlling indentation style:
4907 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4908 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4909 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4910 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4911 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4912 `cperl-auto-newline'
4913 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4914 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4915 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4916 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4917 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4918 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4919 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4920 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4921 `cperl-indent-level'
4922 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4923 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4924 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4925 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4926 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4927 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4928 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4929 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4930 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4931 `cperl-brace-offset'
4932 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4933 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4934 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4935 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4936 `cperl-label-offset'
4937 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4938 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4939 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4940
4941 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4942 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4943 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4944 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4945 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4946 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4947
4948 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4949 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4950 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4951 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4952
4953 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4954 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4955 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4956 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4957 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4958 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4959 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4960
4961 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4962 column 0 is indented on
4963 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4964
4965 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4966 with no args.
4967
4968 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4969 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4970 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4971
4972 \(fn)" t nil)
4973
4974 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4975 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4976
4977 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4978
4979 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4980 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4981
4982 \(fn)" t nil)
4983
4984 ;;;***
4985 \f
4986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21670 32331 385639
4987 ;;;;;; 720000))
4988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4989
4990 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4991 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4992 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4993 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4994 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4995
4996 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4997
4998 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4999 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5000
5001 \(fn)" t nil)
5002
5003 ;;;***
5004 \f
5005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21670 32330 885624
5006 ;;;;;; 725000))
5007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5008
5009 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5010 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5011 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5012 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5013 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5014 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5015 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5016 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5017
5018 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5019 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5020
5021 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5022 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5023 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5024
5025 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5026 with empty strings removed.
5027
5028 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5029
5030 ;;;***
5031 \f
5032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21811 32939
5033 ;;;;;; 200500 777000))
5034 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5035
5036 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5037 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5038
5039 \(fn)" t nil)
5040 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5041
5042 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5043 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5044
5045 \(fn)" t nil)
5046
5047 ;;;***
5048 \f
5049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21826 50080
5050 ;;;;;; 561727 536000))
5051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5052
5053 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5054 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5055 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5056 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5057 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5058 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5059
5060 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5061
5062 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5063 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5064 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5065 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5066 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5067
5068 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5069 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5070 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5071 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5072 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5073 normal function of these prefix keys.
5074
5075 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5076 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5077 options:
5078 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5079 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5080 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5081
5082 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5083 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5084 the prefix fallback behavior.
5085
5086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5087
5088 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5089 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5090
5091 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5092
5093 ;;;***
5094 \f
5095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21670 32330
5096 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5098
5099 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5100 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5101 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5102
5103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5104
5105 ;;;***
5106 \f
5107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5108 ;;;;;; (21804 59688 154807 989000))
5109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5110
5111 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5112 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5113
5114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5115
5116 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5117 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5118 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5119 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5120 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5121 the cursor and DIR can be `left' or `entered' depending on whether the cursor is
5122 entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5123
5124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5125
5126 ;;;***
5127 \f
5128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21855 576 647952
5129 ;;;;;; 330000))
5130 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5131
5132 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5133 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5134
5135 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5136
5137 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5138 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5139
5140 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5141
5142 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5143 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5144
5145 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5146
5147 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5148 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5149
5150 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5151 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5152
5153 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5154 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5155
5156 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5157
5158 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5159
5160 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5161 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5162 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5163
5164 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5165 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5166
5167 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5168 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5169
5170 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5171 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5172
5173 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5174
5175 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5176
5177 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5178 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5179 Return VALUE.
5180
5181 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5182 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5183
5184 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5185 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5186
5187 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5188 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5189
5190 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5191
5192 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5193
5194 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5195 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5196 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5197 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5198
5199 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5200 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5201 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5202
5203 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5204
5205 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5206 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5207 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5208 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5209 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5210
5211 \(fn)" t nil)
5212
5213 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5214 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5215 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5216 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5217
5218 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5219
5220 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5221 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5222 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5223
5224 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5225
5226 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5227 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5228
5229 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5230
5231 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5232
5233 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5234 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5235
5236 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5237
5238 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5239
5240 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5241 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5242 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5243
5244 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5245
5246 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5247 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5248 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5249 as part of Emacs itself.
5250
5251 Each elements looks like this:
5252
5253 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5254
5255 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5256 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5257 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5258 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5259 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5260 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5261 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5262 and `defface'.
5263
5264 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5265
5266 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5267 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5268 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5269 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5270 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5271
5272 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5273 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5274 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5275 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5276
5277 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5278
5279 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5280 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5281 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5282 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5283 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5284 release.
5285
5286 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5287 that were added or redefined since that version.
5288
5289 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5290
5291 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5292 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5293 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5294 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5295
5296 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5297
5298 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5299 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5300
5301 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5302
5303 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5304 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5305 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5306
5307 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5308 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5309
5310 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5311
5312 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5313 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5314
5315 \(fn)" t nil)
5316
5317 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5318 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5319
5320 \(fn)" t nil)
5321
5322 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5323 Customize all saved options and faces.
5324
5325 \(fn)" t nil)
5326
5327 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5328 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5329 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5330 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5331 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5332 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5333
5334 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5335 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5336 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5337
5338 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5339
5340 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5341 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5342
5343 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5344
5345 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5346 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5347
5348 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5349
5350 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5351 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5352
5353 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5354
5355 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5356 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5357 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5358 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5359
5360 \(fn)" nil nil)
5361
5362 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5363 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5364 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5365 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5366 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5367 that option.
5368 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5369
5370 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5371
5372 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5373 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5374 The result includes selecting that window.
5375 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5376 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5377 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5378 that option.
5379
5380 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5381
5382 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5383 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5384
5385 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5386
5387 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5388 File used for storing customization information.
5389 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5390 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5391 it should be an absolute file name.
5392
5393 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5394 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5395 something like the following in your init file:
5396
5397 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5398 \(load custom-file)
5399
5400 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5401 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5402
5403 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5404 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5405 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5406 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5407 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5408
5409 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5410 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5411 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5412 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5413 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5414 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5415 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5416 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5417 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5418 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5419
5420 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5421
5422 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5423 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5424
5425 \(fn)" nil nil)
5426
5427 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5428 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5429
5430 \(fn)" t nil)
5431
5432 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5433 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5434 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5435
5436 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5437
5438 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5439 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5440 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5441 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5442 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5443
5444 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5445
5446 ;;;***
5447 \f
5448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21862 60209 618658
5449 ;;;;;; 448000))
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5451
5452 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5453 Create or edit a custom theme.
5454 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5455 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5456 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5457 from the Custom save file.
5458 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5459 named *Custom Theme*.
5460
5461 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5462
5463 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5464 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5465
5466 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5467
5468 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5469 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5470
5471 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5472
5473 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5474 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5475 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5476 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5477
5478 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5479
5480 ;;;***
5481 \f
5482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21670 32331
5483 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5485
5486 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5487 Mode used for cvs status output.
5488
5489 \(fn)" t nil)
5490
5491 ;;;***
5492 \f
5493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21670 32331 385639
5494 ;;;;;; 720000))
5495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5496 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5497
5498 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5499 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5500
5501 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5502
5503 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5504 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5505 C++ modes are included.
5506
5507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5508 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5509 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5510
5511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5512
5513 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5514
5515 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5516 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5517 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5520 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5521
5522 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5523
5524 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5525 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5526 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5527 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5528 ARG is omitted or nil.
5529
5530 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5531 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5532 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5533
5534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5535
5536 ;;;***
5537 \f
5538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21670
5539 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
5540 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5541
5542 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5543 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5544
5545 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5546
5547 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5548 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5549
5550 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5551
5552 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5553 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5554 For readability, the table is slightly
5555 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5556
5557 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5558 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5559 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5560 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5561 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5562
5563 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5564
5565 ;;;***
5566 \f
5567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21670 32330 885624
5568 ;;;;;; 725000))
5569 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5570 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5571 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5572 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5573 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5574
5575 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5576 Completion on current word.
5577 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5578 and presents suggestions for completion.
5579
5580 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5581 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5582 completions.
5583
5584 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5585 then it searches *all* buffers.
5586
5587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5588
5589 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5590 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5591
5592 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5593 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5594 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5595 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5596 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5597
5598 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5599 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5600
5601 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5602 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5603 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5604
5605 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5606 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5607
5608 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5609
5610 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5611
5612 ;;;***
5613 \f
5614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21670 32330
5615 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5616 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5617
5618 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5619 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5620
5621 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5622
5623 ;;;***
5624 \f
5625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21855 577 147947 107000))
5626 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5627
5628 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5629 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5630 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5631 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5632 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5633
5634 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5635
5636 ;;;***
5637 \f
5638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21670 32331
5639 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
5640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5641
5642 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5643 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5644
5645 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5646 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5647 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5648
5649 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5650 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5651 Data lines are not indented.
5652
5653 Key bindings:
5654
5655 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5656 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5657
5658 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5659 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5660 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5661 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5662
5663 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5664
5665 dcl-basic-offset
5666 Extra indentation within blocks.
5667
5668 dcl-continuation-offset
5669 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5670
5671 dcl-margin-offset
5672 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5673
5674 dcl-margin-label-offset
5675 Indentation for a label.
5676
5677 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5678 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5679
5680 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5681 dcl-block-end-regexp
5682 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5683 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5684 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5685 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5686 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5687
5688 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5689 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5690 Two such functions are included in the package:
5691 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5692 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5693
5694 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5695 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5696 One such function is included in the package:
5697 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5698
5699 dcl-tab-always-indent
5700 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5701 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5702 margin.
5703
5704 dcl-electric-characters
5705 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5706 typed.
5707
5708 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5709 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5710 which words trigger electric indentation.
5711
5712 dcl-tempo-comma
5713 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5714 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5715 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5716
5717 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5718 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5719 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5720 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5721
5722 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5723 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5724 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5725 dcl-imenu-label-call
5726 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5727
5728 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5729 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5730 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5731 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5732
5733
5734 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5735
5736 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5737 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5738 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5739 $ i = 1
5740 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5741 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5742 $ label:
5743 $ if i.eq.1
5744 $ then
5745 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5746 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5747 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5748 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5749 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5750 \"lined up with the command line\"
5751 $ type sys$input
5752 Data lines are not indented at all.
5753 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5754 $ endif
5755 $
5756
5757
5758 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5759 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5760
5761 \(fn)" t nil)
5762
5763 ;;;***
5764 \f
5765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21855 576 767950
5766 ;;;;;; 442000))
5767 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5768
5769 (setq debugger 'debug)
5770
5771 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5772 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5773 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5774 of the evaluator.
5775
5776 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5777 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5778 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5779
5780 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5781
5782 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5783 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5784
5785 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5786
5787 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5788 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5789 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5790 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5791 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5792 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5793
5794 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5795 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5796
5797 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5798
5799 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5800 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5801 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5802 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5803 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5804
5805 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5806
5807 ;;;***
5808 \f
5809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21799 41767
5810 ;;;;;; 31221 635000))
5811 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5812
5813 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5814 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5815
5816 \(fn)" t nil)
5817
5818 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5819 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5820 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5821 Upper-case letters are commands.
5822
5823 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5824 modify it.
5825
5826 The most useful commands are:
5827 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5828 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5829 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5830 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5831 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5832 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5833
5834 \(fn)" t nil)
5835
5836 ;;;***
5837 \f
5838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21670 32330 885624
5839 ;;;;;; 725000))
5840 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5841 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5842
5843 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5844 Customization of `columns' group.
5845
5846 \(fn)" t nil)
5847
5848 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5849 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5850
5851 START and END delimits the text region.
5852
5853 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5854
5855 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5856 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5857
5858 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5859
5860 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5861
5862 ;;;***
5863 \f
5864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21716 41663 456033 27000))
5865 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5866
5867 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5868
5869 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5870 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5871 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5873 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5874 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5875
5876 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5877
5878 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5879 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5880 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5881 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5882 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5883
5884 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5885 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5886 point regardless of any selection.
5887
5888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5889
5890 ;;;***
5891 \f
5892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21703 29629
5893 ;;;;;; 608890 826000))
5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5895
5896 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5897 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5898
5899 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5900
5901 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5902 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5903 or nil if there is no parent.
5904 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5905 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5906 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5907 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5908 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5909
5910 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5911 arguments are currently understood:
5912 :group GROUP
5913 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5914 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5915 :syntax-table TABLE
5916 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5917 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5918 :abbrev-table TABLE
5919 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5920 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5921
5922 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5923
5924 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5925
5926 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5927 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5928 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5929
5930 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5931 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5932
5933 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5934 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5935 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5936
5937 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5938 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5939
5940 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5941 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5942
5943 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5944
5945 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5946
5947 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5948
5949 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5950
5951 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5952 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5953 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5954 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5955 the first time the mode is used.
5956
5957 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5958
5959 ;;;***
5960 \f
5961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21862 60209 618658
5962 ;;;;;; 448000))
5963 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5964
5965 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5966 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5967 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5968 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5969 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5970 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5971 otherwise.
5972
5973 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5974
5975 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5976 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5977 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5978 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5979
5980 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5981 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5982 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5983
5984 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5985 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5986 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5987 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5988 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5989 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5990 relevant to POS.
5991
5992 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5993
5994 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
5995 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
5996
5997 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
5998 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
5999 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6000 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6001 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6002 minibuffer window for width limit.
6003
6004 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6005 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6006
6007 \(fn)" nil nil)
6008
6009 ;;;***
6010 \f
6011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21860 18496 17962 857000))
6012 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6013
6014 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6015 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6016 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6017 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6018 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6019 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6020
6021 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6022
6023 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6024 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6025 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6026 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6027 is omitted or nil.
6028
6029 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6030 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6031 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6032 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6033
6034 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6035 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6036
6037 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6038 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6039
6040 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6041
6042 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6043
6044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6045
6046 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6047 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6048 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6049 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6050
6051 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6052
6053 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6054 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6055
6056 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6057 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6058 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6059
6060 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6061 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6062
6063 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6064 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6065 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6066
6067 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6068 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6069 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6070 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6071
6072 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6073
6074 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6075 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6076
6077 Handlers are called with argument list
6078
6079 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6080
6081 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6082
6083 `desktop-file-version'
6084 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6085 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6086 `desktop-buffer-point'
6087 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6088 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6089 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6090
6091 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6092 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6093
6094 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6095 code like
6096
6097 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6098 ...
6099 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6100 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6101
6102 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6103 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6104 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6105
6106 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6107
6108 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6109 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6110 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6111 List elements must have the form
6112
6113 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6114
6115 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6116 function.
6117
6118 Handlers are called with argument list
6119
6120 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6121
6122 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6123
6124 `desktop-file-version'
6125 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6126 `desktop-buffer-name'
6127 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6128 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6129 `desktop-buffer-point'
6130 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6131 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6132 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6133
6134 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6135 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6136 created and set.
6137
6138 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6139 code like
6140
6141 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6142 ...
6143 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6144 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6145
6146 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6147 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6148 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6149
6150 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6151
6152 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6153
6154 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6155 Empty the Desktop.
6156 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6157 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6158 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6159 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6160 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6161 if different).
6162
6163 \(fn)" t nil)
6164
6165 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6166 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6167 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6168 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6169 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6170 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6171 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6172
6173 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6174
6175 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6176 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6177 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6178
6179 \(fn)" t nil)
6180
6181 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6182 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6183 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6184 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6185 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6186 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6187 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6188 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6189
6190 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6191
6192 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6193 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6194 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6195
6196 \(fn)" nil nil)
6197
6198 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6199
6200 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6201 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6202 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6203 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6204 directory DIRNAME.
6205
6206 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6207
6208 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6209 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6210
6211 \(fn)" t nil)
6212
6213 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6214 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6215
6216 \(fn)" t nil)
6217
6218 ;;;***
6219 \f
6220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21855 576 877944
6221 ;;;;;; 285000))
6222 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6223
6224 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6225 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6226 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6227 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6228 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6229 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6230
6231 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6232
6233 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6234 Repair a broken attribution line.
6235 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6236
6237 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6238
6239 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6240 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6241 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6242 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6243
6244 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6245
6246 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6247 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6248
6249 \(fn)" t nil)
6250
6251 ;;;***
6252 \f
6253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21855
6254 ;;;;;; 576 517945 858000))
6255 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6256
6257 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6258 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6259 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6260 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6261 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6262
6263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6264
6265 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6266 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6267 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6268 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6269
6270 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6271 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6272 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6273 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6274
6275 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6276 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6277
6278 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6279 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6280 calendar-date-style 'european
6281 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6282
6283 \(diary-mail-entries)
6284
6285 # diary-rem.el ends here
6286
6287 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6288
6289 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6290 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6291
6292 \(fn)" t nil)
6293
6294 ;;;***
6295 \f
6296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21804 59688 284811 0))
6297 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6298
6299 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6300 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6301
6302 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6303
6304 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6305 The command to use to run diff.")
6306
6307 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6308
6309 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6310 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6311 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6312 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6313 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6314 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6315
6316 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6317 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6318 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6319
6320 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6321
6322 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6323 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6324 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6325 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6326 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6327 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6328
6329 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6330
6331 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6332 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6333
6334 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6335
6336 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6337 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6338 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6339
6340 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6341
6342 ;;;***
6343 \f
6344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21798 20907
6345 ;;;;;; 11218 42000))
6346 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6347
6348 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6349 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6350 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6351 normal diffs.
6352
6353 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6354 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6355 headers for you on-the-fly.
6356
6357 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6358 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6359 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6360
6361 \\{diff-mode-map}
6362
6363 \(fn)" t nil)
6364
6365 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6366 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6367 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6368 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6369 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6370
6371 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6372
6373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6374
6375 ;;;***
6376 \f
6377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
6378 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6379
6380 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6381 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6382 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6383
6384 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6385
6386 ;;;***
6387 \f
6388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21855 576 727950 398000))
6389 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6390
6391 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6392 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6393 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6394 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6395 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6396 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6397 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6398 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6399
6400 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6401
6402 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6403 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6404 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6405 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6406 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6407 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6408
6409 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6410 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6411 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6412 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6413 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6414 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6415 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6416 list of files to make directory entries for.
6417 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6418 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6419 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6420
6421 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6422
6423 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6424 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6425
6426 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6427 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6428
6429 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6430 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6431
6432 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6433 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6434
6435 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6436
6437 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6438 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6439
6440 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6441
6442 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6443 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6444 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6445 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6446 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6447 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6448 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6449 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6450 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6451 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6452 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6453 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6454 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6455 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6456 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6457 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6458 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6459 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6460 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6461 to see why something went wrong.
6462 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6463 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6464 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6465 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6466 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6467 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6468 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6469 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6470 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6471 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6472 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6473 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6474 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6475
6476 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6477 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6478 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6479 again for the directory tree.
6480
6481 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6482 for more info):
6483
6484 `dired-listing-switches'
6485 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6486 `dired-marker-char'
6487 `dired-del-marker'
6488 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6489 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6490 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6491 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6492
6493 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6494
6495 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6496 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6497 `dired-mode-hook'
6498 `dired-load-hook'
6499
6500 Keybindings:
6501 \\{dired-mode-map}
6502
6503 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6504 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6505
6506 ;;;***
6507 \f
6508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21855 576 727950
6509 ;;;;;; 398000))
6510 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6511
6512 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6513 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6515 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6516 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6517
6518 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6519 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6520 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6521
6522 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6523 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6524 directory.
6525
6526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6527
6528 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6529 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6530 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6531 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6532 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6533 from `default-directory'.
6534
6535 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6536
6537 ;;;***
6538 \f
6539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21670 32330
6540 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
6541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6542
6543 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6544 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6545 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6546 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6547 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6548 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6549
6550 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6551
6552 ;;;***
6553 \f
6554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21670 32330 885624
6555 ;;;;;; 725000))
6556 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6557
6558 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6559 Return a new, empty display table.
6560
6561 \(fn)" nil nil)
6562
6563 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6564 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6565 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6566 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6567 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6568
6569 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6570
6571 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6572 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6573 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6574 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6575 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6576
6577 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6578
6579 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6580 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6581
6582 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6583
6584 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6585 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6586
6587 \(fn)" t nil)
6588
6589 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6590 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6591
6592 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6593 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6594
6595 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6596 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6597 byte.
6598
6599 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6600 in the default way after this call.
6601
6602 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6603
6604 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6605 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6606
6607 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6608
6609 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6610 Display character C using printable string S.
6611
6612 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6613
6614 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6615 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6616 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6617 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6618
6619 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6620
6621 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6622 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6623 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6624 X frame.
6625
6626 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6627
6628 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6629 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6630
6631 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6632
6633 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6634 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6635
6636 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6637
6638 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6639 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6640
6641 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6642
6643 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6644 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6645
6646 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6647
6648 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6649 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6650
6651 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6652
6653 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6654 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6655
6656 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6657 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6658
6659 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6660 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6661
6662 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6663 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6664 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6665 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6666
6667 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6668 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6669 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6670 in `.emacs'.
6671
6672 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6673
6674 ;;;***
6675 \f
6676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21670 32331
6677 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
6678 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6679
6680 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6681 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6682 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6683 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6684 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6685 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6686 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6687 Default is 2.
6688
6689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6690
6691 ;;;***
6692 \f
6693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6694 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6695
6696 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6697 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6698 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6699 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6700 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6701 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6702 private or ask).
6703 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6704 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6705 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6706 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6707 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6708
6709 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6710
6711 ;;;***
6712 \f
6713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21670 32331
6714 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6715 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6716
6717 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6718 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6719 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6720 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6721 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6722 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6723 table and its own syntax table.
6724
6725 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6726
6727 \(fn)" t nil)
6728 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6729
6730 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6731 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6732
6733 \(fn)" t nil)
6734
6735 ;;;***
6736 \f
6737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21716 41663 456033
6738 ;;;;;; 27000))
6739 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6740
6741 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6742 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6743 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6744 OpenDocument format).
6745
6746 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6747
6748 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6749 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6750
6751 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6752 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6753
6754 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6755 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6756 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6757
6758 \(fn)" t nil)
6759
6760 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6761 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6762 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6763 to the next best mode.
6764
6765 \(fn)" nil nil)
6766
6767 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6768 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6770 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6771 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6772
6773 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6774
6775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6776
6777 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6778
6779
6780 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6781
6782 ;;;***
6783 \f
6784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21670 32331 385639
6785 ;;;;;; 720000))
6786 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6787
6788 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6789 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6790
6791 \(fn)" t nil)
6792
6793 ;;;***
6794 \f
6795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6796 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6797
6798 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6799 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6800 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6801 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6802 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6803
6804 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6805 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6806
6807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6808
6809 ;;;***
6810 \f
6811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21841 54062 172628
6812 ;;;;;; 227000))
6813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6814 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6815
6816 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6817 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6818
6819 \(fn)" t nil)
6820
6821 ;;;***
6822 \f
6823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21732
6824 ;;;;;; 29888 498897 471000))
6825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6826
6827 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6828
6829 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6830 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6831 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6832 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6833 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6834
6835 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6836 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6837 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6838 and disables it otherwise.
6839
6840 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6841 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6842 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6843 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6844
6845 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6846 documenting what its argument does.
6847
6848 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6849 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6850 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6851 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6852 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6853 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6854 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6855 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6856
6857 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6858 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6859 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6860 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6861 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6862 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6863 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6864 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6865 the minor mode is global):
6866
6867 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6868 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6869 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6870 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6871 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6872 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6873 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6874 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6875 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6876 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6877 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6878 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6879 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6880 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6881 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6882 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6883 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6884 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6885 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6886 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6887 in :variable).
6888
6889 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6890 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6891
6892 For example, you could write
6893 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6894 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6895 ...BODY CODE...)
6896
6897 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6898
6899 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6900
6901 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6902
6903 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6904
6905 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6906
6907 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6908 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6909 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6910 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6911 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6912 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6913 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6914 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6915 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6916 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6917 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6918 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6919
6920 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6921 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6922 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6923 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6924 call another major mode in their body.
6925
6926 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6927 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6928 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6929
6930 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6931
6932 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6933
6934 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6935 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6936 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6937 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6938 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6939 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6940 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6941
6942 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6943
6944 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6945 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6946 :inherit Parent keymap.
6947 :group Ignored.
6948 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6949 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6950
6951 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6952
6953 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6954 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6955 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6956 the constant's documentation.
6957
6958 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6959
6960 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6961 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6962 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6963
6964 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6965
6966 ;;;***
6967 \f
6968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21670
6969 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
6970 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6971
6972 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6973 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6974 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6975 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6976
6977 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6978 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6979 as a top-level menu bar item.
6980
6981 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6982 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6983 pairs:
6984
6985 :filter FUNCTION
6986 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6987 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6988 items to actually display.
6989
6990 :visible INCLUDE
6991 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6992 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6993 alias for `:visible'.
6994
6995 :active ENABLE
6996 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6997 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6998 an alias for `:active'.
6999
7000 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7001 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7002
7003 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7004
7005 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7006
7007 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7008 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7009
7010 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7011 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7012
7013 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7014
7015 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7016
7017 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7018 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7019
7020 :keys KEYS
7021 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7022 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7023 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7024 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7025
7026 :key-sequence KEYS
7027 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7028 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7029 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7030 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7031
7032 :active ENABLE
7033 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7034 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7035 alias for `:active'.
7036
7037 :visible INCLUDE
7038 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7039 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7040 `:visible'.
7041
7042 :label FORM
7043 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7044 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7045
7046 :suffix FORM
7047 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7048 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7049
7050 :style STYLE
7051 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7052 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7053 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7054
7055 :selected SELECTED
7056 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7057 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7058
7059 :help HELP
7060 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7061
7062 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7063 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7064 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7065
7066 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7067 MENU. This is a submenu.
7068
7069 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7070
7071 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7072
7073 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7074
7075
7076 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7077
7078 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7079 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7080 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7081 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7082
7083 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7084
7085 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7086 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7087 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7088 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7089 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7090 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7091
7092 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7093 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7094 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7095
7096 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7097 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7098 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7099
7100 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7101 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7102
7103 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7104
7105 ;;;***
7106 \f
7107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21670 32331
7108 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7110 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7111
7112 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7113 Customization for ebnf group.
7114
7115 \(fn)" t nil)
7116
7117 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7118 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7119
7120 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7121
7122 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7123 processed.
7124
7125 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7126
7127 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7128
7129 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7130 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7131
7132 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7133 killed after process termination.
7134
7135 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7136
7137 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7138
7139 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7140 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7141
7142 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7143 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7144 it to the printer.
7145
7146 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7147 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7148 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7149 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7150
7151 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7154 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7155 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7156
7157 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7158
7159 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7160 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7161
7162 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7163
7164 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7165 processed.
7166
7167 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7168
7169 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7170
7171 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7172 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7173
7174 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7175 killed after process termination.
7176
7177 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7178
7179 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7180
7181 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7182 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7183 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7184 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7185
7186 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7187
7188 \(fn)" t nil)
7189
7190 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7191 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7192 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7193
7194 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7195
7196 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7197
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7200
7201 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7202
7203 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7204 processed.
7205
7206 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7207
7208 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7209
7210 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7211 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7212
7213 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7214 killed after EPS generation.
7215
7216 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7217
7218 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7219
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7222
7223 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7224 The EPS file name has the following form:
7225
7226 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7227
7228 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7229 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7230
7231 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7232 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7233 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7234 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7235 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7236
7237 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7238 files.
7239
7240 \(fn)" t nil)
7241
7242 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7243 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7244
7245 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7246 The EPS file name has the following form:
7247
7248 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7249
7250 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7251 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7252
7253 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7254 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7255 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7256 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7257 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7258
7259 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7260 files.
7261
7262 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7263
7264 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7265
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7268
7269 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7270
7271 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7272 are processed.
7273
7274 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7275
7276 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7277
7278 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7279 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7280
7281 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7282 killed after syntax checking.
7283
7284 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7285
7286 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7287
7288 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7289 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7290
7291 \(fn)" t nil)
7292
7293 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7294 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7295
7296 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7297
7298 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7299 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7300
7301 \(fn)" nil nil)
7302
7303 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7304 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7305
7306 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7307
7308 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7309
7310 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7311 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7312
7313 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7314
7315 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7316
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Delete style NAME.
7319
7320 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7321
7322 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7323
7324 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7326
7327 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7328
7329 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7330
7331 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7332 Set STYLE as the current style.
7333
7334 Returns the old style symbol.
7335
7336 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7337
7338 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7339
7340 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7341 Reset current style.
7342
7343 Returns the old style symbol.
7344
7345 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7346
7347 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7348
7349 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7350 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7351
7352 Returns the old style symbol.
7353
7354 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7355
7356 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7357
7358 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7359
7360 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7361 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7362
7363 Returns the old style symbol.
7364
7365 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7366
7367 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7368
7369 \(fn)" t nil)
7370
7371 ;;;***
7372 \f
7373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21670 32331
7374 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7376
7377 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7378 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7379 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7380 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7381 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7382 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7383
7384 Tree mode key bindings:
7385 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7386
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7388
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7390 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7391
7392 \(fn)" t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7395 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7396
7397 \(fn)" t nil)
7398
7399 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7400 View declaration of member at point.
7401
7402 \(fn)" t nil)
7403
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7405 Find declaration of member at point.
7406
7407 \(fn)" t nil)
7408
7409 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7410 View definition of member at point.
7411
7412 \(fn)" t nil)
7413
7414 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7415 Find definition of member at point.
7416
7417 \(fn)" t nil)
7418
7419 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7420 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7421
7422 \(fn)" t nil)
7423
7424 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7425 View definition of member at point in other window.
7426
7427 \(fn)" t nil)
7428
7429 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7430 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7431
7432 \(fn)" t nil)
7433
7434 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7435 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7436
7437 \(fn)" t nil)
7438
7439 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7440 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7441
7442 \(fn)" t nil)
7443
7444 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7445 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7446
7447 \(fn)" t nil)
7448
7449 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7450 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7451 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7452 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7453 completion.
7454
7455 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7456
7457 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7458 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7459 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7460 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7461
7462 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7463
7464 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7465 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7466 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7467 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7468
7469 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7470
7471 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7472 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7473 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7474
7475 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7476
7477 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7478 Search for call sites of a member.
7479 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7480 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7481 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7482 looks like a function call to the member.
7483
7484 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7485
7486 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7487 Move backward in the position stack.
7488 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7489
7490 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7491
7492 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7493 Move forward in the position stack.
7494 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7495
7496 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7497
7498 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7499 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7500
7501 \(fn)" t nil)
7502
7503 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7504 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7505
7506 \(fn)" t nil)
7507
7508 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7509 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7510 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7511 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7512
7513 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7514
7515 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7516 Display statistics for a class tree.
7517
7518 \(fn)" t nil)
7519
7520 ;;;***
7521 \f
7522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
7523 ;;;;;; 725000))
7524 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7525
7526 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7527 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7528 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7529 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7530 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7531 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7532 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7533
7534 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7535
7536 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7537 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7538 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7539 also has this effect.
7540 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7541 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7542 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7543 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7544 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7545 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7546 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7547 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7548 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7549 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7550
7551 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7552
7553 ;;;***
7554 \f
7555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
7556 ;;;;;; 725000))
7557 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7558
7559 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7560 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7561 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7562
7563 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7564
7565 ;;;***
7566 \f
7567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21670 32330
7568 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
7569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7570
7571 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7572
7573
7574 \(fn)" nil nil)
7575
7576 ;;;***
7577 \f
7578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21834 29303 521933 754000))
7579 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7580 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7581
7582 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7583 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7584 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7586 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7587 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7588
7589 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7590
7591 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7592 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7593 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7594 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7595 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7596
7597 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7598 an EDE controlled project.
7599
7600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7601
7602 ;;;***
7603 \f
7604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21857 42300
7605 ;;;;;; 387957 585000))
7606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7607
7608 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7609 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7610 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7611 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7612 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7613
7614 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7615 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7616 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7617 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7618
7619 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7620
7621 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7622 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7623 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7624 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7625
7626 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7627
7628 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7629 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7630 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7631 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7632
7633 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7634
7635 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7636
7637 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7638 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7639 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7640 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7641 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7642
7643 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7644 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7645 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7646 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7647 instrumented for Edebug.
7648
7649 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7650 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7651 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7652 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7653 already is one.)
7654
7655 \(fn)" t nil)
7656
7657 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7658 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7659
7660 \(fn)" t nil)
7661
7662 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7663 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7664
7665 \(fn)" t nil)
7666
7667 ;;;***
7668 \f
7669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
7670 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7671 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7672
7673 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7674 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7675
7676 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7677
7678 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7679 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7680
7681 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7682
7683 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7684
7685 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7686
7687 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7688 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7689 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7690 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7691
7692 \(fn)" t nil)
7693
7694 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7695 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7696 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7697 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7698
7699 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7700
7701 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7702 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7703
7704 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7705
7706 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7707
7708 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7709 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7710
7711 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7712
7713 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7714
7715 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7716 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7717 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7718 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7719
7720 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7721
7722 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7723
7724 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7725 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7726 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7727 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7728
7729 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7730
7731 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7732
7733 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7734 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7735 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7736 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7737
7738 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7739
7740 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7741
7742 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7743 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7744 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7745 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7746
7747 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7748
7749 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7750
7751 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7752 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7753 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7754 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7755 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7756 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7757
7758 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7759
7760 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7761 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7762 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7763 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7764
7765 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7766
7767 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7768
7769 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7770 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7771 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7772 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7773
7774 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7775
7776 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7777
7778 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7779
7780 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7781 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7782 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7783 follows:
7784 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7785 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7786
7787 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7788
7789 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7790 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7791 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7792 follows:
7793 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7794 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7795
7796 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7797
7798 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7799 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7800 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7801 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7802 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7803
7804 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7805
7806 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7807 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7808 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7809 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7810 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7811 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7812
7813 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7814
7815 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7816
7817 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7818 Merge two files without ancestor.
7819
7820 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7821
7822 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7823 Merge two files with ancestor.
7824
7825 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7826
7827 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7828
7829 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7830 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7831
7832 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7833
7834 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7835 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7836
7837 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7838
7839 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7840 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7841 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7842 buffer.
7843
7844 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7845
7846 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7847 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7848 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7849 buffer.
7850
7851 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7852
7853 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7854 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7855 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7856 and don't ask the user.
7857 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7858 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7859
7860 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7861
7862 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7863 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7864 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7865 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7866 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7867 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7868 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7869 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7870
7871 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7872
7873 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7874
7875 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7876
7877 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7878 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7879 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7880 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7881 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7882
7883 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7884
7885 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7886
7887 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7888 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7889 When called interactively, displays the version.
7890
7891 \(fn)" t nil)
7892
7893 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7894 Display Ediff's manual.
7895 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7896
7897 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7898
7899 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7900
7901
7902 \(fn)" nil nil)
7903
7904 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7905
7906
7907 \(fn)" nil nil)
7908
7909 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7910
7911
7912 \(fn)" nil nil)
7913
7914 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7915
7916
7917 \(fn)" nil nil)
7918
7919 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7920
7921
7922 \(fn)" nil nil)
7923
7924 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7925
7926
7927 \(fn)" nil nil)
7928
7929 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7930
7931
7932 \(fn)" nil nil)
7933
7934 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7935
7936
7937 \(fn)" nil nil)
7938
7939 ;;;***
7940 \f
7941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21861 5946
7942 ;;;;;; 771514 868000))
7943 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7944
7945 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7946
7947
7948 \(fn)" t nil)
7949
7950 ;;;***
7951 \f
7952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21670 32331
7953 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7954 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7955
7956 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7957 Display Ediff's registry.
7958
7959 \(fn)" t nil)
7960
7961 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7962
7963 ;;;***
7964 \f
7965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21852 24382
7966 ;;;;;; 97237 703000))
7967 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7968
7969 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7970 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7971 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7972 which see.
7973
7974 \(fn)" t nil)
7975
7976 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7977 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7978 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7979 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7980
7981 \(fn)" t nil)
7982
7983 ;;;***
7984 \f
7985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21799 41766 961230
7986 ;;;;;; 875000))
7987 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7988 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7989
7990 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7991 Edit a keyboard macro.
7992 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7993 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7994 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7995 its command name.
7996 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7997
7998 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7999
8000 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8001 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8002
8003 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8004
8005 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8006 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8007
8008 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8009
8010 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8011 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8012 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8013 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8014 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8015 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8016
8017 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8018 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8019 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8020 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8021
8022 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8023
8024 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8025 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8026 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8027 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8028 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8029 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8030
8031 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8032
8033 ;;;***
8034 \f
8035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21670 32330 885624
8036 ;;;;;; 725000))
8037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8038
8039 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8040 Set scroll margins.
8041 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8042 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8043
8044 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8045
8046 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8047 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8048
8049 \(fn)" t nil)
8050
8051 ;;;***
8052 \f
8053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8054 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8055
8056 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8057 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8058 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8059 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8060 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8061 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8062 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8063
8064 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8065 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8066
8067 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8068 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8069 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8070 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8071
8072 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8073 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8074 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8075
8076 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8077 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8078 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8079
8080 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8081
8082 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8083
8084
8085 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8086
8087 ;;;***
8088 \f
8089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21862 60482
8090 ;;;;;; 430808 412000))
8091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8092 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8093
8094 ;;;***
8095 \f
8096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21827
8097 ;;;;;; 47608 610495 897000))
8098 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8099 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8100
8101 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8102 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8103 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8104 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8105 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8106 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8107 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8108
8109 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8110
8111 ;;;***
8112 \f
8113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21811 32939 170488
8114 ;;;;;; 968000))
8115 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8116
8117 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8118 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8119
8120 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8121 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8122 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8123
8124 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8125
8126 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8127 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8128 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8130 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8131 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8132
8133 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8134
8135 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8136 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8138 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8139 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8140
8141 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8142 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8143 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8144 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8145
8146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8147
8148 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8149 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8150
8151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8152
8153 ;;;***
8154 \f
8155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21670 32330 885624
8156 ;;;;;; 725000))
8157 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8158
8159 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8160 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8161
8162 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8163 an elided material again.
8164
8165 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8166
8167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8168
8169 ;;;***
8170 \f
8171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21853 45243
8172 ;;;;;; 381515 341000))
8173 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8174
8175 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8176 Lint the file FILE.
8177
8178 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8179
8180 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8181 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8182 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8183
8184 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8185
8186 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8187 Lint the current buffer.
8188 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8189
8190 \(fn)" t nil)
8191
8192 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8193 Lint the function at point.
8194 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8195
8196 \(fn)" t nil)
8197
8198 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8199 Initialize elint.
8200 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8201 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8202
8203 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8204
8205 ;;;***
8206 \f
8207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21670 32330 885624
8208 ;;;;;; 725000))
8209 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8210
8211 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8212 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8213 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8214
8215 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8216
8217 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8218 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8219 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8220 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8221
8222 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8223
8224 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8225 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8226 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8227
8228 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8229
8230 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8231
8232 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8233 Display current profiling results.
8234 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8235 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8236 displayed.
8237
8238 \(fn)" t nil)
8239
8240 ;;;***
8241 \f
8242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21670 32330 885624
8243 ;;;;;; 725000))
8244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8245
8246 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8247 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8248 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8249 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8250 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8251 ARG is omitted or nil.
8252
8253 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8254 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8255 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8256 used instead.
8257
8258 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8259
8260 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8261 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8262 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8263
8264 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8265
8266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8267
8268 ;;;***
8269 \f
8270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21814 9129 290493
8271 ;;;;;; 495000))
8272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8273
8274 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8275 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8276 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8277
8278 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8279
8280 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8281
8282 ;;;***
8283 \f
8284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21607 54478 800121
8285 ;;;;;; 42000))
8286 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8287
8288 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8289 Run Emerge on two files.
8290
8291 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8292
8293 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8294 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8295
8296 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8297
8298 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8299 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8300
8301 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8302
8303 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8304 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8305
8306 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8307
8308 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8309
8310
8311 \(fn)" nil nil)
8312
8313 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8314
8315
8316 \(fn)" nil nil)
8317
8318 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8319
8320
8321 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8322
8323 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8324
8325
8326 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8327
8328 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8329 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8330
8331 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8332
8333 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8334 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8335
8336 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8337
8338 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8339
8340
8341 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8342
8343 ;;;***
8344 \f
8345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21691 38459
8346 ;;;;;; 74604 918000))
8347 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8348
8349 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8350 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8351 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8352 text/enriched format.
8353
8354 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8355 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8356 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8357
8358 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8359
8360 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8361 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8362
8363 Commands:
8364
8365 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8366
8367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8368
8369 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8370
8371
8372 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8373
8374 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8375
8376
8377 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8378
8379 ;;;***
8380 \f
8381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8382 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8383
8384 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8385 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8386
8387 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8388
8389 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8390 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8391
8392 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8393
8394 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8395 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8396 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8397 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8398 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8399 the keys are listed.
8400 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8401
8402 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8403
8404 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8405 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8406 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8407
8408 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8409
8410 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8411 Verify FILE.
8412
8413 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8414
8415 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8416 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8417
8418 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8419
8420 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8421 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8422
8423 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8424
8425 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8426 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8427
8428 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8429 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8430 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8431 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8432
8433 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8434 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8435 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8436 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8437 should consider using the string based counterpart
8438 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8439 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8440
8441 For example:
8442
8443 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8444 (decode-coding-string
8445 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8446 'utf-8))
8447
8448 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8449
8450 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8451 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8452
8453 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8454 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8455
8456 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8457
8458 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8459
8460 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8461 Verify the current region between START and END.
8462
8463 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8464 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8465 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8466 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8467 should consider using the string based counterpart
8468 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8469 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8470
8471 For example:
8472
8473 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8474 (decode-coding-string
8475 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8476 'utf-8))
8477
8478 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8479
8480 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8481
8482 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8483 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8484 between START and END.
8485
8486 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8487 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8488
8489 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8490
8491 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8492
8493 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8494 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8495
8496 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8497 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8498 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8499 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8500 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8501 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8502
8503 For example:
8504
8505 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8506 (epg-sign-string
8507 context
8508 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8509
8510 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8511
8512 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8513
8514 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8515 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8516
8517 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8518 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8519 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8520 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8521 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8522 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8523
8524 For example:
8525
8526 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8527 (epg-encrypt-string
8528 context
8529 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8530 nil))
8531
8532 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8533
8534 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8535
8536 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8537 Delete selected KEYS.
8538
8539 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8540
8541 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8542 Import keys from FILE.
8543
8544 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8545
8546 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8547 Import keys from the region.
8548
8549 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8550
8551 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8552 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8553 between START and END.
8554
8555 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8556
8557 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8558 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8559
8560 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8561
8562 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8563 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8564
8565 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8566
8567 ;;;***
8568 \f
8569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
8570 ;;;;;; 725000))
8571 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8572
8573 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8574 Decrypt marked files.
8575
8576 \(fn)" t nil)
8577
8578 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8579 Verify marked files.
8580
8581 \(fn)" t nil)
8582
8583 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8584 Sign marked files.
8585
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8587
8588 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8589 Encrypt marked files.
8590
8591 \(fn)" t nil)
8592
8593 ;;;***
8594 \f
8595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
8596 ;;;;;; 725000))
8597 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8598
8599 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8600
8601
8602 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8603
8604 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8605
8606
8607 \(fn)" t nil)
8608
8609 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8610
8611
8612 \(fn)" t nil)
8613
8614 ;;;***
8615 \f
8616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21670 32330 885624
8617 ;;;;;; 725000))
8618 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8619
8620 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8621 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8622 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8623 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8624 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8625
8626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8627
8628 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8629 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8630 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8631
8632 \(fn)" t nil)
8633
8634 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8635
8636 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8637 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8638 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8639
8640 \(fn)" t nil)
8641
8642 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8643
8644 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8645 Sign the current buffer.
8646 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8647
8648 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8649
8650 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8651
8652 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8653 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8654 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8655 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8656 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8657 and also whether and how to sign.
8658
8659 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8660 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8661 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8662
8663 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8664
8665 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8666
8667 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8668 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8669 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8670
8671 \(fn)" t nil)
8672
8673 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8674
8675 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8676 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8677 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8678 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8679 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8680 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8681
8682 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8683
8684 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8685 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8686 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8687 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8688 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8689
8690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8691
8692 ;;;***
8693 \f
8694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21802 17960 412629 175000))
8695 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8696 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8697
8698 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8699 Return a context object.
8700
8701 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8702
8703 ;;;***
8704 \f
8705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21670 32330 885624
8706 ;;;;;; 725000))
8707 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8708
8709 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8710 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8711
8712 \(fn)" nil nil)
8713
8714 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8715 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8716
8717 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8718
8719 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8720 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8721
8722 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8723
8724 ;;;***
8725 \f
8726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21862 60209 688658 322000))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8728 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8729
8730 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8731 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8732
8733 \(fn)" nil nil)
8734
8735 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8736 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8737 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8738
8739 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8740
8741 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8742 (server (erc-compute-server))
8743 (port (erc-compute-port))
8744 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8745 password
8746 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8747
8748 That is, if called with
8749
8750 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8751
8752 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8753 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8754 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8755
8756 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8757
8758 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8759
8760 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8761 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8762 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8763
8764 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8765
8766 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8767 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8768 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8769 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8770
8771 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8772
8773 ;;;***
8774 \f
8775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21670
8776 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
8777 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8778 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8779
8780 ;;;***
8781 \f
8782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21670 32330
8783 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8784 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8785 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8786
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21670 32330
8790 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8792 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8793
8794 ;;;***
8795 \f
8796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21670 32330
8797 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8798 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8799 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8800
8801 ;;;***
8802 \f
8803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21696 56380 925320
8804 ;;;;;; 624000))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8806 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8807
8808 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8809 Parser for /dcc command.
8810 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8811 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8812 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8813
8814 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8815
8816 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8817 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8818
8819 \(fn)" nil nil)
8820
8821 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8822 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8823
8824 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8825 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8826 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8827 that subcommand.
8828
8829 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8830
8831 ;;;***
8832 \f
8833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8834 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8836 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8837
8838 ;;;***
8839 \f
8840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21855
8841 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
8842 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8843
8844 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8845 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8846
8847 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8848
8849 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8850 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8851 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8852 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8853
8854 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8855
8856 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8857
8858
8859 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8860
8861 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8862 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8863
8864 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8865
8866 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8867 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8868
8869 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8870
8871 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8872 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8873
8874 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8875
8876 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8877 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8878
8879 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8880
8881 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8882 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8883
8884 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8885
8886 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8887 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8888
8889 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8890
8891 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8892 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8893
8894 \(fn)" nil nil)
8895
8896 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8897 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8898
8899 \(fn)" nil nil)
8900
8901 ;;;***
8902 \f
8903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21670 32330 885624
8904 ;;;;;; 725000))
8905 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8906 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8907
8908 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8909 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8910 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8911
8912 \(fn)" nil nil)
8913
8914 ;;;***
8915 \f
8916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21670 32330
8917 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8918 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8919 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8920
8921 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8922 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8923 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8924 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8925 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8926 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8927 system.
8928
8929 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8930
8931 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8932
8933
8934 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8935
8936 ;;;***
8937 \f
8938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21670 32330
8939 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8940 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8941
8942 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8943
8944
8945 \(fn)" nil nil)
8946
8947 ;;;***
8948 \f
8949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21670 32330 885624
8950 ;;;;;; 725000))
8951 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8952 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8953
8954 ;;;***
8955 \f
8956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21670 32330 885624
8957 ;;;;;; 725000))
8958 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8959 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8960
8961 ;;;***
8962 \f
8963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21670 32330 885624
8964 ;;;;;; 725000))
8965 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8966 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8967
8968 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8969 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8970 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8971 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8972 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8973 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8974
8975 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8976
8977 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8978 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8979 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8980 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8981
8982 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8983 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8984 automatically.
8985
8986 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8987 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8988
8989 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8990
8991 ;;;***
8992 \f
8993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21670 32330
8994 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8996 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8997
8998 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8999 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9000
9001 \(fn)" t nil)
9002
9003 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9004 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9005
9006 \(fn)" t nil)
9007
9008 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9009 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9010
9011 \(fn)" t nil)
9012
9013 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9014 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9015
9016 \(fn)" t nil)
9017
9018 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9019 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9020
9021 \(fn)" t nil)
9022
9023 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9024 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9025
9026 \(fn)" t nil)
9027
9028 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9029 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9030
9031 \(fn)" t nil)
9032
9033 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9034 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9035
9036 \(fn)" t nil)
9037
9038 ;;;***
9039 \f
9040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
9041 ;;;;;; 725000))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9044
9045 ;;;***
9046 \f
9047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21670
9048 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9049 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9050 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9051
9052 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9053 Show who's gone.
9054
9055 \(fn)" nil nil)
9056
9057 ;;;***
9058 \f
9059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21670
9060 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9062
9063 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9064 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9065 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9066 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9067
9068 \(fn)" nil nil)
9069
9070 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9071 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9072
9073 \(fn)" t nil)
9074
9075 ;;;***
9076 \f
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21670 32330
9078 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9080 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9081
9082 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9083 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9084 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9085 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9086
9087 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9088
9089 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9090
9091
9092 \(fn)" nil nil)
9093
9094 ;;;***
9095 \f
9096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21670 32330 885624
9097 ;;;;;; 725000))
9098 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9099 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9100
9101 ;;;***
9102 \f
9103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21855
9104 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
9105 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9106 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9107
9108 ;;;***
9109 \f
9110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21670 32330
9111 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9112 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9113 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9114
9115 ;;;***
9116 \f
9117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
9118 ;;;;;; 725000))
9119 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9120 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9121
9122 ;;;***
9123 \f
9124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21670
9125 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9126 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9127 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9128
9129 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9130 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9131
9132 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9133
9134 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9135 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9136 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9137
9138 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9139
9140 ;;;***
9141 \f
9142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21670 32330
9143 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9145 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9146
9147 ;;;***
9148 \f
9149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21670
9150 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9151 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9152
9153 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9154 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9155 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9156
9157 \(fn)" t nil)
9158
9159 ;;;***
9160 \f
9161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21727
9162 ;;;;;; 11963 635339 992000))
9163 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9164 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9165
9166 ;;;***
9167 \f
9168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21860 18496
9169 ;;;;;; 27951 644000))
9170 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9171 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9172
9173 ;;;***
9174 \f
9175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21670 32330
9176 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9177 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9178
9179 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9180 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9181 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9182
9183 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9184
9185 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9186 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9189 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9190
9191 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9192 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9193 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9194 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9195
9196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9197 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9198
9199 ;;;***
9200 \f
9201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21670
9202 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9204 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9205
9206 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9207 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9208 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9209 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9210
9211 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9212
9213 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9214 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9215 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9216
9217 \(fn)" t nil)
9218
9219 ;;;***
9220 \f
9221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9222 ;;;;;; 725000))
9223 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9224 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9225
9226 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9227 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9228
9229 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9230
9231 ;;;***
9232 \f
9233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21843 54898 597238
9234 ;;;;;; 876000))
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9236
9237 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9238 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9239
9240 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9241 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9242
9243 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9244 useful for assertions in BODY.
9245
9246 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9247
9248 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9249 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9250 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9251
9252 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9253
9254 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9255
9256 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9257
9258 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9259
9260 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9261
9262 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9263 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9264
9265 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9266 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9267 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9268 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9269
9270 Returns the stats object.
9271
9272 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9273
9274 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9275 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9276
9277 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9278 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9279 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9280 the tests).
9281
9282 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9283
9284 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9285 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9286
9287 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9288 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9289 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9290 and how to display message.
9291
9292 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9293
9294 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9295
9296 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9297 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9298
9299 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9300
9301 ;;;***
9302 \f
9303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21670 32330
9304 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9306
9307 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9308
9309 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9310 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9311
9312 \(fn)" t nil)
9313
9314 ;;;***
9315 \f
9316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21861 39358
9317 ;;;;;; 497944 643000))
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9319
9320 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9321 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9322
9323 \(fn)" t nil)
9324
9325 ;;;***
9326 \f
9327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21670 32330 885624
9328 ;;;;;; 725000))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9330 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9331
9332 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9333 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9334 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9335 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9336 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9337 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9338 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9339 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9340 buffer selected (or created).
9341
9342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9343
9344 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9345 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9346 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9347
9348 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9349
9350 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9351 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9352 The result might be any Lisp object.
9353 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9354 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9355 corresponding to a successful execution.
9356
9357 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9358
9359 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9360
9361 ;;;***
9362 \f
9363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21866 57262 677944
9364 ;;;;;; 752000))
9365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9366
9367 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9368 File name of tags table.
9369 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9370 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9371 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9372 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9373 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9374
9375 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9376 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9377 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9378 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9379
9380 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9381
9382 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9383 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9384 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9385 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9386 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9387 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9388
9389 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9390
9391 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9392 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9393 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9394
9395 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9396
9397 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9398 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9399 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9400 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9401 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9402
9403 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9404
9405 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9406 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9407 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9408 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9409
9410 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9411
9412 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9413 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9414 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9415 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9416 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9417
9418 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9419
9420 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9421 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9422
9423 \(fn)" t nil)
9424
9425 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9426 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9427 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9428 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9429
9430 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9431 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9432 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9433 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9434 file the tag was in.
9435
9436 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9437
9438 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9439 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9440 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9441 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9442 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9443 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9444 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9445 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9446 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9447
9448 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9449
9450 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9451 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9452 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9453 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9454 without directory names.
9455
9456 \(fn)" nil nil)
9457
9458 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9459
9460
9461 \(fn)" nil nil)
9462 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9463 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9464 (progn
9465 (load "etags")
9466 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9467
9468 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9469 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9470 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9471 but does not select the buffer.
9472 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9473
9474 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9475 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9476 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9477 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9478 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9479
9480 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9481
9482 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9483 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9484 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9485
9486 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9487
9488 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9489
9490 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9491 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9492 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9493 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9494
9495 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9496 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9497 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9498 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9499 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9500
9501 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9502
9503 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9504 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9505 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9506
9507 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9508
9509 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9510
9511 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9512
9513 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9514 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9515 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9516 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9517 around or before point.
9518
9519 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9520 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9521 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9522 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9523 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9524
9525 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9526
9527 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9528 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9529 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9530
9531 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9532
9533 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9534
9535 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9536
9537 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9538 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9539 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9540 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9541 around or before point.
9542
9543 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9544 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9545 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9546 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9547 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9548
9549 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9550
9551 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9552 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9553 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9554
9555 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9556
9557 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9558
9559 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9560
9561 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9562 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9563 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9564
9565 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9566 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9567 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9568 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9569 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9570
9571 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9572
9573 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9574 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9575 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9576
9577 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9578
9579 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9580
9581 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9582
9583 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9584
9585 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9586 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9587
9588 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9589 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9590 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9591
9592 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9593 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9594
9595 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9596 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9597
9598 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9599
9600 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9601 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9602 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9603 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9604
9605 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9606 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9607 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9608 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9609 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9610
9611 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9612
9613 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9614
9615 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9616 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9617 Stops when a match is found.
9618 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9619
9620 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9621 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9622 restricted to these files.
9623
9624 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9625
9626 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9627
9628 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9629 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9630 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9631 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9632 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9633 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9634 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9635 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9636
9637 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9638 produce the list of files to search.
9639
9640 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9641
9642 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9643
9644 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9645 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9646 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9647 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9648 directory specification.
9649
9650 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9651
9652 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9653 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9654
9655 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9656
9657 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9658
9659 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9660 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9661 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9662 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9663
9664 \(fn)" t nil)
9665
9666 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9667 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9668 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9669 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9670 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9671
9672 \(fn)" t nil)
9673
9674 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9675
9676
9677 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9678
9679 ;;;***
9680 \f
9681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21862
9682 ;;;;;; 60209 768658 443000))
9683 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9684
9685 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9686
9687
9688 \(fn)" nil nil)
9689
9690 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9691 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9692
9693 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9694 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9695
9696 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9697 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9698 primary language.
9699
9700 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9701 even if the buffer is read-only.
9702
9703 See also the descriptions of the variables
9704 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9705
9706 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9707
9708 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9709 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9710
9711 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9712 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9713
9714 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9715 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9716 primary language.
9717
9718 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9719 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9720
9721 See also the descriptions of the variables
9722 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9723
9724 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9725
9726 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9727 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9728 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9729 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9730
9731 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9732
9733 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9734 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9735 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9736 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9737
9738 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9739 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9740 primary language.
9741
9742 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9743 buffer is read-only.
9744
9745 See also the descriptions of the variables
9746 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9747 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9748
9749 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9750
9751 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9752 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9753
9754 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9755 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9756
9757 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9758 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9759 the primary language.
9760
9761 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9762 buffer is read-only.
9763
9764 See also the descriptions of the variables
9765 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9766 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9767
9768 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9769
9770 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9771 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9772 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9773
9774 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9775
9776 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9777 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9778
9779 \(fn)" t nil)
9780
9781 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9782 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9783
9784 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9785 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9786 be 1, 2, or 3.
9787
9788 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9789 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9790 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9791
9792 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9793
9794 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9795
9796 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9797 This function is deprecated.
9798
9799 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9800
9801 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9802 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9803
9804 \(fn)" t nil)
9805
9806 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9807 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9808
9809 \(fn)" t nil)
9810
9811 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9812 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9813
9814 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9815 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9816
9817 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9818 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9819
9820 \(fn)" nil nil)
9821
9822 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9823 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9824
9825 \(fn)" nil nil)
9826
9827 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9828 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9829
9830 \(fn)" nil nil)
9831
9832 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9833 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9834
9835 \(fn)" nil nil)
9836
9837 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9838 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9839 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9840
9841 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9842
9843 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9844
9845
9846 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9847
9848 ;;;***
9849 \f
9850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21799 41767 21224 988000))
9851 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9852
9853 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9854 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9855 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9856 server for future sessions.
9857
9858 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9859
9860 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9861 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9862 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9863
9864 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9865
9866 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9867 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9868 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9869
9870 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9871
9872 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9873 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9874 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9875 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9876 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9877 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9878 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9879 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9880 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9881 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9882 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9883 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9884
9885 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9886
9887 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9888 Display a form to query the directory server.
9889 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9890 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9891
9892 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9893
9894 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9895 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9896 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9897
9898 \(fn)" t nil)
9899
9900 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9901
9902 ;;;***
9903 \f
9904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21704 50495 455324
9905 ;;;;;; 752000))
9906 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9907
9908 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9909 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9910
9911 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9912
9913 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9914 Display URL and make it clickable.
9915
9916 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9917
9918 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9919 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9920
9921 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9922
9923 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9924 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9925
9926 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9927
9928 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9929 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9930
9931 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9932
9933 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9934 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9935
9936 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9937
9938 ;;;***
9939 \f
9940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21794 23865
9941 ;;;;;; 772631 636000))
9942 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9943
9944 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9945 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9946 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9947
9948 \(fn)" t nil)
9949
9950 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9951 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9952
9953 \(fn)" t nil)
9954
9955 ;;;***
9956 \f
9957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21704
9958 ;;;;;; 50495 455324 752000))
9959 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9960
9961 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9962 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9963
9964 \(fn)" t nil)
9965
9966 ;;;***
9967 \f
9968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9969 ;;;;;; 725000))
9970 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9971
9972 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9973 Create an empty ewoc.
9974
9975 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9976
9977 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9978 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9979 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9980 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9981 `insert-before-markers'.
9982
9983 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9984 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9985 respectively, of the ewoc.
9986
9987 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9988 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9989 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9990
9991 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9992
9993 ;;;***
9994 \f
9995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21826 49851 770496 504000))
9996 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9997
9998 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
9999 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10000 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10001 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10002 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10003
10004 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10005
10006 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10007 Fetch URL and render the page.
10008 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10009 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10010
10011 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10012 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10013
10014 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10015 Render FILE using EWW.
10016
10017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10018
10019 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10020 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10021 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10022
10023 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10024
10025 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10026 Mode for browsing the web.
10027
10028 \(fn)" t nil)
10029
10030 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10031
10032
10033 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10034
10035 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10036 Display the bookmarks.
10037
10038 \(fn)" t nil)
10039
10040 ;;;***
10041 \f
10042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21670
10043 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
10044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10045
10046 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10047 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10048 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10049
10050 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10051
10052 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10053 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10054 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10055 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10056 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10057
10058 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10059
10060 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10061 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10062 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10063 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10064 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10065 executable.
10066
10067 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10068
10069 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10070 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10071 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10072
10073 \(fn)" t nil)
10074
10075 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10076 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10077 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10078 file modes.
10079
10080 \(fn)" nil nil)
10081
10082 ;;;***
10083 \f
10084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
10085 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10086
10087 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10088 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10089 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10090 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10091
10092 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10093
10094 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10095 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10096 to generate such functions.
10097
10098 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10099 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10100 beginning of the expanded text.
10101
10102 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10103 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10104 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10105 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10106
10107 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10108
10109 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10110
10111 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10112 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10113 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10114
10115 \(fn)" nil nil)
10116
10117 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10118 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10119 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10120
10121 \(fn)" t nil)
10122
10123 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10124 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10125 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10126
10127 \(fn)" t nil)
10128 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10129 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10130
10131 ;;;***
10132 \f
10133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21862 60209 828658
10134 ;;;;;; 75000))
10135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10136
10137 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10138 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10139 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10140
10141 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10142 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10143 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10144
10145 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10146
10147 Key definitions:
10148 \\{f90-mode-map}
10149
10150 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10151
10152 `f90-do-indent'
10153 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10154 `f90-if-indent'
10155 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10156 `f90-type-indent'
10157 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10158 `f90-program-indent'
10159 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10160 (default 2).
10161 `f90-associate-indent'
10162 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10163 `f90-critical-indent'
10164 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10165 `f90-continuation-indent'
10166 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10167 `f90-comment-region'
10168 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10169 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10170 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10171 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10172 (default \"!\").
10173 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10174 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10175 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10176 `f90-break-delimiters'
10177 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10178 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10179 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10180 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10181 (default t).
10182 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10183 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10184 `f90-smart-end'
10185 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10186 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10187 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10188 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10189 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10190 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10191 `f90-leave-line-no'
10192 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10193
10194 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10195 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10196
10197 \(fn)" t nil)
10198
10199 ;;;***
10200 \f
10201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21855 576 807944
10202 ;;;;;; 863000))
10203 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10204
10205 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10206 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10207 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10208 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10209
10210 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10211 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10212 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10213 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10214 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10215
10216 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10217 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10218 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10219 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10220 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10221 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10222 attributes.
10223
10224 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10225 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10226
10227 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10228
10229 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10230 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10231 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10232 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10233
10234 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10235
10236 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10237 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10238 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10239 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10240
10241 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10242 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10243 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10244
10245 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10246 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10247 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10248 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10249
10250 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10251
10252 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10253 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10254 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10255
10256 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10257 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10258 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10259 the same amount).
10260
10261 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10262
10263 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10264 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10265 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10266
10267 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10268 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10269 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10270 will remove any scaling currently active.
10271
10272 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10273
10274 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10275 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10276 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10277
10278 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10279 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10280 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10281 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10282 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10283
10284 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10285 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10286
10287 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10288
10289 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10290 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10291
10292 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10293 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10294 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10295
10296 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10297 the face height as long as the input event read
10298 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10299
10300 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10301 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10302 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10303 will remove any scaling currently active.
10304
10305 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10306 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10307 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10308 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10309 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10310
10311 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10312
10313 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10314 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10315 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10316 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10317 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10318 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10319
10320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10321
10322 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10323 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10324 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10325 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10326 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10327 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10328 `buffer-face-mode'.
10329
10330 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10331 local, and sets it to FACE.
10332
10333 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10334
10335 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10336 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10337 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10338 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10339 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10340 `face' text property.
10341
10342 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10343 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10344 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10345 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10346
10347 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10348 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10349
10350 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10351
10352 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10353 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10354 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10355 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10356
10357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10358
10359 ;;;***
10360 \f
10361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21607 54478
10362 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
10363 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10364 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10365
10366 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10367 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10368 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10369 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10370
10371 \(fn)" nil nil)
10372
10373 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10374 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10375
10376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10377
10378 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10379 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10380 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10381 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10382
10383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10384
10385 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10386 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10387 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10388 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10389 backup file names and the like).
10390
10391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10392
10393 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10394 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10395 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10396 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10397 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10398 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10399 internally by feedmail):
10400
10401 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10402 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10403 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10404 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10405
10406 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10407 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10408 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10409 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10410 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10411
10412 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10413
10414 ;;;***
10415 \f
10416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21837 20508 21231 579000))
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10418
10419 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10420 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10421 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10422 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10423 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10424 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10425 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10426
10427 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10428
10429 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10430 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10431 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10432 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10433 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10434 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10435 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10436
10437 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10438
10439 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10440
10441 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10442 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10443 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10444 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10445 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10446 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10447
10448 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10449
10450 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10451 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10452 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10453 Return value:
10454 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10455 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10456 * otherwise, nil
10457
10458 \(fn E)" t nil)
10459
10460 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10461 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10462 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10463
10464 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10465
10466 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10467 Try to get a file name at point.
10468 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10469
10470 \(fn)" nil nil)
10471
10472 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10473 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10474
10475 \(fn)" t nil)
10476
10477 ;;;***
10478 \f
10479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21740 23998 26747
10480 ;;;;;; 125000))
10481 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10482
10483 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10484 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10485 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10486 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10487
10488 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10489
10490 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10491 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10492 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10493 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10494 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10495 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10496
10497 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10498
10499 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10500 Add FILE to the file cache.
10501
10502 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10503
10504 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10505 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10506 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10507
10508 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10509
10510 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10511 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10512 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10513
10514 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10515
10516 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10517 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10518 This function does not use any external programs.
10519 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10520 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10521 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10522
10523 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10524
10525 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10526 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10527 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10528 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10529 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10530 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10531 \(directories) is done.
10532
10533 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10534
10535 ;;;***
10536 \f
10537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21704 50495 455324
10538 ;;;;;; 752000))
10539 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10540
10541 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10542 Handle file system monitoring event.
10543 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10544
10545 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10546
10547 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10548
10549 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10550
10551 ;;;***
10552 \f
10553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21670 32330 885624
10554 ;;;;;; 725000))
10555 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10556
10557 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10558 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10559
10560 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10561 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10562 Local Variables list.
10563
10564 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10565 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10566 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10567
10568 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10569
10570 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10571 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10572
10573 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10574
10575 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10576 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10577
10578 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10579 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10580 the -*- line.
10581
10582 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10583 then this function adds it.
10584
10585 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10586
10587 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10588 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10589
10590 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10591
10592 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10593 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10594
10595 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10596
10597 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10598 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10599
10600 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10601
10602 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10603 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10604
10605 \(fn)" t nil)
10606
10607 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10608 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10609
10610 \(fn)" t nil)
10611
10612 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10613 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10614
10615 \(fn)" t nil)
10616
10617 ;;;***
10618 \f
10619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21670 32330 885624
10620 ;;;;;; 725000))
10621 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10622
10623 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10624 Filesets initialization.
10625 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10626
10627 \(fn)" nil nil)
10628
10629 ;;;***
10630 \f
10631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21670 32330 885624
10632 ;;;;;; 725000))
10633 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10634 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10635
10636 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10637 Initiate the building of a find command.
10638 For example:
10639
10640 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10641 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10642 (mtime \"+1\"))
10643 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10644
10645 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10646 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10647
10648 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10649
10650 ;;;***
10651 \f
10652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
10653 ;;;;;; 725000))
10654 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10655
10656 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10657 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10658 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10659
10660 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10661
10662 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10663 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10664
10665 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10666
10667 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10668 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10669 and run Dired on those files.
10670 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10671 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10672
10673 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10674
10675 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10676
10677 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10678
10679 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10680 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10681 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10682
10683 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10684 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10685
10686 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10687 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10688
10689 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10690
10691 ;;;***
10692 \f
10693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
10694 ;;;;;; 725000))
10695 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10696
10697 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10698 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10699 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10700 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10701 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10702 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10703 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10704
10705 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10706
10707 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10708 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10709 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10710
10711 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10712
10713 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10714
10715 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10716
10717 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10718 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10719 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10720
10721 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10722 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10723
10724 Variables of interest include:
10725
10726 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10727 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10728 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10729
10730 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10731 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10732 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10733
10734 - `ff-ignore-include'
10735 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10736
10737 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10738 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10739
10740 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10741 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10742
10743 - `ff-special-constructs'
10744 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10745 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10746 extracting the filename from that construct.
10747
10748 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10749 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10750
10751 - `ff-search-directories'
10752 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10753 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10754
10755 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10756 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10757
10758 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10759 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10760
10761 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10762 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10763
10764 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10765 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10766
10767 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10768 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10769
10770 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10771
10772 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10773 Visit the file you click on.
10774
10775 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10776
10777 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10778 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10779
10780 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10781
10782 ;;;***
10783 \f
10784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21700
10785 ;;;;;; 53432 444919 658000))
10786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10787
10788 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10789 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10790 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10791
10792 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10793
10794 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10795 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10796 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10797 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10798
10799 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10800 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10801 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10802 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10803
10804 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10805
10806 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10807 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10808
10809 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10810 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10811 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10812 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10813
10814 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10815 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10816 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10817
10818 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10819 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10820 in `load-path'.
10821
10822 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10823
10824 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10825 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10826
10827 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10828 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10829 places point before the definition.
10830 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10831
10832 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10833 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10834 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10835
10836 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10837
10838 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10839 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10840
10841 See `find-function' for more details.
10842
10843 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10844
10845 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10846 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10847
10848 See `find-function' for more details.
10849
10850 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10851
10852 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10853 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10854
10855 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10856 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10857 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10858
10859 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10860 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10861
10862 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10863
10864 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10865 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10866
10867 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10868 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10869 places point before the definition.
10870
10871 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10872
10873 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10874 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10875 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10876
10877 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10878
10879 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10880 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10881
10882 See `find-variable' for more details.
10883
10884 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10885
10886 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10887 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10888
10889 See `find-variable' for more details.
10890
10891 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10892
10893 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10894 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10895 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10896 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10897 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10898 buffer nor display it.
10899
10900 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10901 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10902
10903 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10904
10905 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10906 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10907
10908 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10909 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10910 places point before the definition.
10911
10912 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10913
10914 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10915 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10916 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10917
10918 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10919
10920 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10921 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10922 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10923
10924 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10925
10926 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10927 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10928
10929 \(fn)" t nil)
10930
10931 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10932 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10933
10934 \(fn)" t nil)
10935
10936 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10937 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10938
10939 \(fn)" nil nil)
10940
10941 ;;;***
10942 \f
10943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21670 32330 885624
10944 ;;;;;; 725000))
10945 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10946
10947 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10948 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10949
10950 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10951
10952 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10953 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10954
10955 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10956
10957 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10958 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10959
10960 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10961
10962 ;;;***
10963 \f
10964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21862 60209 708661 34000))
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10966 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10967
10968 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10969 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10970
10971 \(fn)" t nil)
10972
10973 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10974 Display FILE's commentary section.
10975 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10976
10977 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10978
10979 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10980 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10981
10982 \(fn)" t nil)
10983
10984 ;;;***
10985 \f
10986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21670 32330 885624
10987 ;;;;;; 725000))
10988 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10989
10990 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10991 Toggle flow control handling.
10992 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10993 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10994
10995 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10996
10997 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10998 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10999 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11000 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11001 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11002 to get the effect of a C-q.
11003
11004 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11005
11006 ;;;***
11007 \f
11008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21670 32330
11009 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11011
11012 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11013
11014
11015 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11016
11017 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11018
11019
11020 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11021
11022 ;;;***
11023 \f
11024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21670 32331
11025 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11026 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11027 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11028
11029 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11030 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11031 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11032 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11033 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11034 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11035
11036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11037
11038 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11039 Turn flymake mode on.
11040
11041 \(fn)" nil nil)
11042
11043 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11044 Turn flymake mode off.
11045
11046 \(fn)" nil nil)
11047
11048 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11049
11050
11051 \(fn)" nil nil)
11052
11053 ;;;***
11054 \f
11055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21750 59840
11056 ;;;;;; 704617 663000))
11057 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11058
11059 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11060 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11061
11062 \(fn)" t nil)
11063 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11064
11065 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11066 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11067 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11068 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11069 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11070
11071 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11072 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11073 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11074
11075 Bindings:
11076 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11077 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11078 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11079 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11080
11081 Hooks:
11082 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11083
11084 Remark:
11085 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11086 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11087 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11088
11089 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11090 consider adding:
11091 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11092 in your init file.
11093
11094 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11095 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11096
11097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11098
11099 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11100 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11101
11102 \(fn)" nil nil)
11103
11104 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11105 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11106
11107 \(fn)" nil nil)
11108
11109 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11110 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11111
11112 \(fn)" nil nil)
11113
11114 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11115 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11116
11117 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11118
11119 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11120 Flyspell whole buffer.
11121
11122 \(fn)" t nil)
11123
11124 ;;;***
11125 \f
11126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21824 11953 672190
11127 ;;;;;; 35000))
11128 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11129 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11130
11131 ;;;***
11132 \f
11133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11134 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11135
11136 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11137 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11138
11139 \(fn)" nil nil)
11140
11141 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11142 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11143
11144 \(fn)" nil nil)
11145
11146 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11147 Toggle Follow mode.
11148 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11149 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11150 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11151
11152 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11153 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11154
11155 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11156 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11157 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11158
11159 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11160 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11161 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11162 movement commands.
11163
11164 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11165 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11166 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11167 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11168 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11169 mileage may vary).
11170
11171 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11172 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11173
11174 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11175
11176 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11177
11178 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11179 \\{follow-mode-map}
11180
11181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11182
11183 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11184 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11185
11186 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11187 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11188 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11189 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11190 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11191 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11192
11193 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11194 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11195 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11196
11197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11198
11199 ;;;***
11200 \f
11201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21814 9129 310503
11202 ;;;;;; 742000))
11203 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11204 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11205
11206 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11207 Toggle Footnote mode.
11208 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11209 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11210 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11211
11212 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11213 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11214 play around with the following keys:
11215 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11216
11217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11218
11219 ;;;***
11220 \f
11221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21852 24381 567240 49000))
11222 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11223
11224 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11225 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11226
11227 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11228 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11229 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11230 C-c < forms-first-record <
11231 C-c > forms-last-record >
11232 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11233 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11234 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11235 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11236 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11237 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11238 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11239 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11240 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11241 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11242
11243 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11244
11245 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11246 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11247
11248 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11249
11250 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11251 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11252
11253 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11254
11255 ;;;***
11256 \f
11257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21670 32331
11258 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11260
11261 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11262 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11263 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11264
11265 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11266 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11267
11268 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11269
11270 Key definitions:
11271 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11272
11273 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11274
11275 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11276 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11277 `fortran-do-indent'
11278 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11279 `fortran-if-indent'
11280 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11281 `fortran-structure-indent'
11282 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11283 (default 3)
11284 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11285 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11286 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11287 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11288 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11289 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11290 nil don't change the indentation
11291 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11292 value of either
11293 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11294 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11295 depending on the continuation format in use.
11296 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11297 indentation for a line of code.
11298 (default 'fixed)
11299 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11300 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11301 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11302 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11303 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11304 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11305 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11306 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11307 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11308 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11309 column 5.
11310 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11311 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11312 statements (default nil).
11313 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11314 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11315 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11316 `fortran-continuation-string'
11317 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11318 line (default \"$\").
11319 `fortran-comment-region'
11320 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11321 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11322 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11323 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11324 as typed (default t).
11325 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11326 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11327
11328 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11329 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11330
11331 \(fn)" t nil)
11332
11333 ;;;***
11334 \f
11335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21670 32331 385639
11336 ;;;;;; 720000))
11337 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11338
11339 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11340 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11341
11342 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11343 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11344
11345 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11346
11347 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11348 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11349
11350 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11351 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11352
11353 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11354
11355 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11356 Compile fortune file.
11357
11358 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11359 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11360
11361 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11362
11363 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11364 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11365
11366 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11367 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11368 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11369 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11370
11371 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11372
11373 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11374 Display a fortune cookie.
11375 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11376 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11377 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11378 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11379
11380 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11381
11382 ;;;***
11383 \f
11384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21799 41766 981374
11385 ;;;;;; 972000))
11386 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11387
11388 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11389 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11390 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11391
11392 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11393 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11394 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11395
11396 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11397 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11398
11399 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11400 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11401
11402 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11403 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11404 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11405 intend to modify existing values, do
11406
11407 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11408
11409 before changing anything.
11410
11411 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11412 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11413
11414 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11415 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11416 to restore the frame.
11417
11418 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11419 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11420 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11421
11422 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11423 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11424 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11425 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11426 FILTER A filter function.
11427
11428 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11429 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11430
11431 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11432
11433 where
11434
11435 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11436 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11437 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11438 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11439 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11440 before restoring it.
11441 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11442
11443 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11444 It must return:
11445 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11446 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11447 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11448
11449 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11450 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11451
11452 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11453 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11454 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11455 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11456 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11457 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11458 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11459
11460 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11461
11462 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11463 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11464
11465 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11466
11467 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11468 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11469 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11470 If nil, check all live frames.
11471
11472 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11473
11474 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11475 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11476 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11477 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11478 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11479 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11480 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11481 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11482 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11483 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11484 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11485
11486 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11487
11488 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11489 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11490
11491 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11492 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11493 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11494 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11495 and window-state is not restored.
11496
11497 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11498 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11499
11500 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11501 t All existing frames can be reused.
11502 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11503 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11504 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11505 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11506
11507 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11508 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11509 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11510 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11511 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11512 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11513 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11514 be created from that parameter alist.
11515
11516 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11517 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11518 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11519 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11520 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11521 - the live frame just restored,
11522 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11523 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11524 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11525
11526 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11527 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11528 nil Keep all frames.
11529 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11530 - FRAME, a live frame.
11531 - ACTION, which can be one of
11532 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11533 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11534 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11535 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11536 Return value is ignored.
11537
11538 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11539 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11540 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11541 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11542 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11543
11544 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11545
11546 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11547
11548 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11549 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11550 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11551
11552 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11553
11554 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11555 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11556 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11557
11558 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11559
11560 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11561 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11562 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11563 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11564
11565 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11566
11567 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11568
11569 ;;;***
11570 \f
11571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21720 38720
11572 ;;;;;; 956749 443000))
11573 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11574 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11575
11576 ;;;***
11577 \f
11578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21852 24381
11579 ;;;;;; 917233 10000))
11580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11581
11582 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11583 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11584 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11585
11586 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11587
11588 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11589 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11590 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11591 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11592 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11593 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11594 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11595
11596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11597
11598 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11599 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11600 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11601 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11602
11603 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11604 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11605 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11606 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11607 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11608
11609 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11610 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11611 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11612 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11613
11614 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11615 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11616 shown in some of the buffers.
11617
11618 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11619
11620 The following commands help control operation :
11621
11622 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11623 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11624
11625 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11626 detailed description of this mode.
11627
11628
11629 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11630 | GDB Toolbar |
11631 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11632 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11633 | | |
11634 | | |
11635 | | |
11636 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11637 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11638 | | (comint-mode) |
11639 | | |
11640 | | |
11641 | | |
11642 | | |
11643 | | |
11644 | | |
11645 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11646 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11647 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11648 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11649 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11650 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11651
11652 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11653
11654 ;;;***
11655 \f
11656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21670 32330
11657 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11659
11660 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11661 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11662 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11663 instead (which see).")
11664
11665 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11666 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11667
11668 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11669 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11670 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11671 documentation string instead.
11672
11673 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11674 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11675 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11676 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11677 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11678 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11679 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11680 enders are actually possible.
11681
11682 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11683 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11684
11685 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11686 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11687 `font-lock-keywords'.
11688
11689 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11690 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11691 runs the macro expansion.
11692
11693 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11694 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11695 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11696
11697 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11698
11699 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11700
11701 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11702
11703 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11704
11705 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11706 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11707
11708 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11709
11710 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11711 Enter generic mode MODE.
11712
11713 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11714 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11715 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11716
11717 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11718 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11719
11720 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11721
11722 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11723 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11724 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11725 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11726 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11727 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11728 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11729 `font-lock-keywords'.
11730
11731 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11732
11733 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11734
11735 ;;;***
11736 \f
11737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21670 32331
11738 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11740
11741 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11742 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11743 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11744 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11745 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11746 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11747
11748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11749
11750 ;;;***
11751 \f
11752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21670 32330
11753 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11755
11756 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11757 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11758 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11759
11760 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11761
11762 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11763 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11764
11765 Guideline for numbers:
11766 1 - error messages
11767 3 - non-serious error messages
11768 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11769 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11770 9 - messages inside loops.
11771
11772 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11773
11774 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11775 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11776 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11777
11778 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11779
11780 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11781 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11782
11783 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11784
11785 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11786 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11787
11788 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11789 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11790 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11791 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11792 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11793 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11794
11795 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11796 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11797 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11798 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11799 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11800
11801 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11802
11803 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11804
11805 ;;;***
11806 \f
11807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11808 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11809 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11810 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11811 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11812
11813 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11814 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11815
11816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11817
11818 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11819 Read network news.
11820 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11821 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11822 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11823 name of an NNTP server to use.
11824 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11825 server.
11826
11827 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11828
11829 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11830 Read news as a slave.
11831
11832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11833
11834 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11835 Pop up a frame to read news.
11836 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11837 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11838 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11839 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11840 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11841 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11842 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11843 current display is used.
11844
11845 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11846
11847 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11848 Read network news.
11849 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11850 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11851 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11852
11853 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11854
11855 ;;;***
11856 \f
11857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21670 32330
11858 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11860
11861 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11862 Start Gnus unplugged.
11863
11864 \(fn)" t nil)
11865
11866 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11867 Start Gnus plugged.
11868
11869 \(fn)" t nil)
11870
11871 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11872 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11873
11874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11875
11876 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11877 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11878
11879 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11880 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11881 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11882
11883 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11884 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11885 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11886
11887 \(fn)" t nil)
11888
11889 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11890 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11891
11892 \(fn)" nil nil)
11893
11894 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11895 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11896 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11897 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11898 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11899 supported.
11900
11901 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11902
11903 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11904 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11905 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11906 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11907 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11908 supported.
11909
11910 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11911
11912 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11913 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11914
11915 \(fn)" nil nil)
11916
11917 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11918 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11919 downloaded into the agent.
11920
11921 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11922
11923 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11924 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11925 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11926 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11927
11928 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11929
11930 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11931 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11932
11933 \(fn)" t nil)
11934
11935 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11936 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11937
11938 \(fn)" t nil)
11939
11940 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11941 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11942 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11943
11944 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11945
11946 ;;;***
11947 \f
11948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21864 15535
11949 ;;;;;; 27945 734000))
11950 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11951
11952 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11953 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11954
11955 \(fn)" nil nil)
11956
11957 ;;;***
11958 \f
11959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21670
11960 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11962
11963 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11964 Set a bookmark for this article.
11965
11966 \(fn)" t nil)
11967
11968 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11969 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11970
11971 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11972
11973 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11974 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11975 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11976 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11977 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11978
11979 \(fn)" t nil)
11980
11981 ;;;***
11982 \f
11983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21670 32330
11984 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11985 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11986
11987 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11988 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11989
11990 Usage:
11991 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11992
11993 \(fn)" t nil)
11994
11995 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11996 Generate the cache active file.
11997
11998 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11999
12000 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12001 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12002
12003 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12004
12005 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12006 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12007 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12008 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12009 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12010 supported.
12011
12012 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12013
12014 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12015 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12016 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12017 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12018 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12019 supported.
12020
12021 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12022
12023 ;;;***
12024 \f
12025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21670 32330
12026 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12028
12029 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12030 Delay this article by some time.
12031 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12032
12033 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12034 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12035
12036 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12037 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12038
12039 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12040 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12041
12042 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12043
12044 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12045 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12046
12047 \(fn)" t nil)
12048
12049 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12050 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12051 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12052 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12053
12054 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12055 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12056
12057 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12058
12059 ;;;***
12060 \f
12061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21670 32330
12062 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12063 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12064
12065 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12066
12067
12068 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12069
12070 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12071
12072
12073 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12074
12075 ;;;***
12076 \f
12077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21670 32330
12078 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12080
12081 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12082 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12083
12084 \(fn)" t nil)
12085
12086 ;;;***
12087 \f
12088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21670 32330
12089 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12091
12092 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12093 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12094
12095 \(fn)" t nil)
12096
12097 ;;;***
12098 \f
12099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21670 32330
12100 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12102
12103 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12104 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12105
12106 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12107
12108 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12109
12110 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12111 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12112
12113 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12114
12115 \(fn)" t nil)
12116
12117 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12118 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12119
12120 \(fn)" t nil)
12121
12122 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12123 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12124
12125 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12126 different input formats.
12127
12128 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12129
12130 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12131 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12132
12133 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12134 different input formats.
12135
12136 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12137
12138 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12139 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12140 The PNG is returned as a string.
12141
12142 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12143
12144 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12145 Convert FILE to a Face.
12146 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12147 726 bytes.
12148
12149 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12150
12151 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12152 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12153
12154 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12155
12156 \(fn)" t nil)
12157
12158 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12159 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12160
12161 \(fn)" nil nil)
12162
12163 ;;;***
12164 \f
12165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21670
12166 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12168
12169 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12170 Display gravatar in the From header.
12171 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12172
12173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12174
12175 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12176 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12177 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12178
12179 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12180
12181 ;;;***
12182 \f
12183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21852 24381
12184 ;;;;;; 597233 80000))
12185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12186
12187 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12188 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12189 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12190 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12191
12192 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12193
12194 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12195 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12196
12197 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12198
12199 ;;;***
12200 \f
12201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21670 32330
12202 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12204
12205 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12206
12207
12208 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12209
12210 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12211
12212
12213 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12214
12215 ;;;***
12216 \f
12217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21670 32330
12218 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12220
12221 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12222
12223 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12224 Run batched scoring.
12225 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12226
12227 \(fn)" t nil)
12228
12229 ;;;***
12230 \f
12231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21670 32330 885624
12232 ;;;;;; 725000))
12233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12234
12235 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12236
12237
12238 \(fn)" nil nil)
12239
12240 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12241 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12242 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12243
12244 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12245
12246 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12247 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12248
12249 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12250
12251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12252
12253 ;;;***
12254 \f
12255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21670 32330
12256 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12258
12259 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12260 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12261 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12262 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12263 group parameters.
12264
12265 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12266 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12267 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12268 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12269
12270 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12271 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12272 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12273 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12274 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12275 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12276 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12277 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12278 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12279 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12280
12281 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12282
12283 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12284 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12285 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12286 nil CATCH-ALL).
12287
12288 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12289 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12290
12291 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12292
12293 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12294 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12295 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12296
12297 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12298
12299 \(fn)" nil nil)
12300
12301 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12302 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12303 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12304
12305 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12306
12307 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12308 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12309 existing groups are considered.
12310
12311 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12312 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12313 returned.
12314
12315 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12316 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12317 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12318 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12319 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12320 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12321 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12322 clauses will be generated.
12323
12324 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12325 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12326 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12327 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12328 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12329 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12330
12331 For example, given the following group parameters:
12332
12333 nnml:mail.bar:
12334 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12335 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12336 nnml:mail.foo:
12337 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12338 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12339 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12340 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12341 nnml:mail.others:
12342 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12343
12344 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12345
12346 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12347 \"mail.bar\")
12348 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12349 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12350 \"mail.others\")
12351
12352 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12353
12354 ;;;***
12355 \f
12356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21725 56638
12357 ;;;;;; 795320 63000))
12358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12359
12360 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12361 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12362 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12363 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12364 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12365 instead.
12366
12367 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12368
12369 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12370 Mail to ADDRESS.
12371
12372 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12373
12374 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12375 Like `message-reply'.
12376
12377 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12378
12379 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12380
12381 ;;;***
12382 \f
12383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12384 ;;;;;; (21757 29489 158925 687000))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12386
12387 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12388 Send a notification on new message.
12389 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12390 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12391 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12392
12393 This is typically a function to add in
12394 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12395
12396 \(fn)" nil nil)
12397
12398 ;;;***
12399 \f
12400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21670 32330
12401 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12403
12404 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12405 Display picons in the From header.
12406 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12407
12408 \(fn)" t nil)
12409
12410 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12411 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12412 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12413
12414 \(fn)" t nil)
12415
12416 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12417 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12418 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12419
12420 \(fn)" t nil)
12421
12422 ;;;***
12423 \f
12424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21670 32330
12425 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12427
12428 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12429 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12430 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12431 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12432
12433 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12434
12435 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12436 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12437 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12438 LIST1 is modified.
12439
12440 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12441
12442 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12443 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12444 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12445
12446 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12447
12448 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12449
12450
12451 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12452
12453 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12454 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12455 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12456
12457 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12458
12459 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12460 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12461 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12462
12463 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12464
12465 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12466
12467 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12468 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12469 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12470
12471 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12472
12473 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12474 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12475 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12476
12477 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12478
12479 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12480 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12481 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12482
12483 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12484
12485 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12486 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12487
12488 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12489
12490 ;;;***
12491 \f
12492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21774
12493 ;;;;;; 38574 225319 550000))
12494 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12495
12496 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12497 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12498
12499 \(fn)" t nil)
12500
12501 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12502 Install the registry hooks.
12503
12504 \(fn)" t nil)
12505
12506 ;;;***
12507 \f
12508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21670 32330
12509 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12511
12512 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12513 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12514 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12515 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12516 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12517 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12518
12519 \(fn)" t nil)
12520
12521 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12522 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12523 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12524 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12525 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12526
12527 \(fn)" t nil)
12528
12529 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12530
12531
12532 \(fn)" t nil)
12533
12534 ;;;***
12535 \f
12536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21670 32330
12537 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12538 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12539
12540 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12541 Update the format specification near point.
12542
12543 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12544
12545 ;;;***
12546 \f
12547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21716 41663
12548 ;;;;;; 456033 27000))
12549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12550
12551 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12552 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12553
12554 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12555
12556 ;;;***
12557 \f
12558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21855 576 897951
12559 ;;;;;; 62000))
12560 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12561
12562 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12563 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12564 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12565
12566 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12567
12568 ;;;***
12569 \f
12570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21832 3452
12571 ;;;;;; 581913 198000))
12572 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12573
12574 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12575 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12576
12577 \(fn)" t nil)
12578
12579 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12580 Install the sync hooks.
12581
12582 \(fn)" t nil)
12583
12584 ;;;***
12585 \f
12586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21670 32330
12587 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12588 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12589
12590 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12591 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12592
12593 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12594
12595 ;;;***
12596 \f
12597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21670 32331 385639
12598 ;;;;;; 720000))
12599 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12600
12601 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12602 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12603 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12604 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12605 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12606 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12607
12608 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12609
12610 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12611
12612 ;;;***
12613 \f
12614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21670 32331 385639
12615 ;;;;;; 720000))
12616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12617
12618 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12619 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12620
12621 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12622 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12623 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12624
12625 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12626 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12627 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12628
12629 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12630 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12631
12632 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12633 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12634
12635 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12636
12637 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12638
12639 ;;;***
12640 \f
12641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21670 32331
12642 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
12643 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12644
12645 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12646
12647 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12648 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12649 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12650 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12651 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12652
12653 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12654
12655 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12656 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12657 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12658 or to send e-mail.
12659 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12660 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12661
12662 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12663 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12664
12665 \(fn)" t nil)
12666 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12667
12668 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12669 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12671 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12672 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12673
12674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12675
12676 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12677 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12678
12679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12680
12681 ;;;***
12682 \f
12683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21670 32330
12684 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12686
12687 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12688 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12689 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12690
12691 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12692
12693 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12694 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12695
12696 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12697
12698 ;;;***
12699 \f
12700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21670 32331 385639
12701 ;;;;;; 720000))
12702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12703
12704 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12705 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12706
12707 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12708
12709 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12710 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12711 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12712 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12713 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12714
12715 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12716 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12717 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12718
12719 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12720
12721 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12722 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12723 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12724 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12725 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12726
12727 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12728
12729 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12730 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12731
12732 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12733
12734 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12735 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12736
12737 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12738 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12739 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12740
12741 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12742 The default find program.
12743 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12744 and others.")
12745
12746 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12747 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12748 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12749 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12750
12751 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12752 How to invoke find and grep.
12753 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12754 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12755 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12756 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12757
12758 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12759
12760 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12761 History list for grep.")
12762
12763 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12764 History list for grep-find.")
12765
12766 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12767 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12768 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12769
12770 \(fn)" nil nil)
12771
12772 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12773
12774
12775 \(fn)" nil nil)
12776
12777 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12778 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12779
12780 \(fn)" nil nil)
12781
12782 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12783 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12784 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12785 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12786 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12787
12788 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12789 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12790
12791 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12792 can easily repeat a grep command.
12793
12794 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12795 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12796 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12797 list is empty).
12798
12799 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12800
12801 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12802 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12803 Collect output in a buffer.
12804 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12805 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12806
12807 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12808 easily repeat a find command.
12809
12810 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12811
12812 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12813
12814 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12815 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12816 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12817 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12818 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12819
12820 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12821 before it is executed.
12822 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12823
12824 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12825 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12826 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12827
12828 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12829
12830 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12831
12832 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12833 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12834 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12835 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12836 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12837
12838 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12839 before it is executed.
12840 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12841
12842 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12843 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12844 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12845 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12846
12847 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12848
12849 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12850 to specify a command to run.
12851
12852 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12853
12854 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12855 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12856 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12857 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12858
12859 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12860
12861 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12862
12863 ;;;***
12864 \f
12865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
12866 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12867
12868 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12869 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12870 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12871 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12872 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12873
12874 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12875
12876 ;;;***
12877 \f
12878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21769 20661 366048
12879 ;;;;;; 601000))
12880 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12881
12882 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12883 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12884 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12885 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12886
12887 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12888
12889 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12890 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12891 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12892 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12893
12894 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12895
12896 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12897 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12898 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12899 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12900
12901 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12902
12903 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12904 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12905 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12906 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12907
12908 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12909 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12910
12911 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12912
12913 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12914 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12915 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12916 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12917
12918 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12919
12920 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12921 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12922 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12923 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12924
12925 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12926
12927 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12928 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12929 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12930 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12931
12932 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12933
12934 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12935 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12936 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12937 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12938 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12939
12940 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12941 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12942 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12943 original source file access method.
12944
12945 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12946 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12947
12948 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12949
12950 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12951 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12952
12953 \(fn)" t nil)
12954
12955 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12956 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12957 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12958 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12959 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12960 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12961
12962 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12963
12964 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12965 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12966 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12967 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12968 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12969
12970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12971
12972 ;;;***
12973 \f
12974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21750 59840 206034
12975 ;;;;;; 761000))
12976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12977
12978 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12979 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12980 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12981 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12982 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12983 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12984 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12985 set it to.
12986 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12987
12988 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12989
12990 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12991 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12992 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12993 of PLACE.
12994 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12995 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12996 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12997 and SETTER.
12998 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12999 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13000
13001 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13002
13003 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13004
13005 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13006 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13007 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13008 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13009 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13010
13011 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13012
13013 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13014
13015 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13016
13017
13018 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13019
13020 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
13021
13022 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13023
13024 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13025 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13026 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13027 well for simple place forms.
13028 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13029 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13030 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13031 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13032 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13033 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13034 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13035
13036 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13037
13038 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13039
13040 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13041 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13042 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13043 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13044 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13045
13046 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13047 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13048 (let ((temp VAL))
13049 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13050 temp)
13051 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13052
13053 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13054
13055 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13056 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13057 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13058 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13059 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13060 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13061
13062 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13063
13064 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13065
13066 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13067 Return a reference to PLACE.
13068 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13069 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13070 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13071 binding mode.
13072
13073 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13074
13075 ;;;***
13076 \f
13077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21852 24381
13078 ;;;;;; 887244 288000))
13079 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13080
13081 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13082 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13083 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13084 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13085
13086 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13087 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13088 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13089 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13090
13091 \(fn)" t nil)
13092
13093 ;;;***
13094 \f
13095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21799 41767 31221
13096 ;;;;;; 635000))
13097 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13098
13099 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13100 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13101
13102 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13103
13104 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13105 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13106 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13107 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13108
13109 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13110
13111 \(fn)" t nil)
13112
13113 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13114 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13115 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13116 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13117 to be updated.
13118
13119 \(fn)" t nil)
13120
13121 ;;;***
13122 \f
13123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21670 32331
13124 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13125 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13126
13127 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13128 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13129
13130 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13131
13132 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13133 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13134 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13135
13136 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13137
13138 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13139 Verify a hashcash payment
13140
13141 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13142
13143 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13144 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13145 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13146 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13147 `mail-add-payment-async').
13148
13149 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13150
13151 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13152 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13153 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13154 Calculation is asynchronous.
13155
13156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13157
13158 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13159 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13160 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13161
13162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13163
13164 ;;;***
13165 \f
13166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21670 32331 385639
13167 ;;;;;; 720000))
13168 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13169
13170 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13171 Return the help-echo string at point.
13172 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13173 property, or nil, is returned.
13174 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13175 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13176 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13177
13178 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13179
13180 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13181 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13182 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13183 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13184 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13185
13186 \(fn)" nil nil)
13187
13188 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13189 Display local help in the echo area.
13190 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13191 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13192 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13193 printed instead.
13194
13195 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13196 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13197 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13198
13199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13200
13201 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13202 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13203 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13204
13205 \(fn)" t nil)
13206
13207 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13208 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13209 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13210
13211 \(fn)" t nil)
13212
13213 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13214 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13215 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13216 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13217 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13218 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13219 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13220 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13221 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13222 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13223 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13224
13225 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13226 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13227 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13228 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13229 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13230
13231 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13232 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13233 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13234 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13235 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13236 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13237 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13238 The default is `never'.")
13239
13240 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13241
13242 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13243 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13244 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13245 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13246 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13247 considered different regions.
13248
13249 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13250 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13251 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13252 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13253 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13254 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13255 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13256 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13257 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13258
13259 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13260
13261 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13262 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13263 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13264 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13265 different regions.
13266
13267 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13268 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13269 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13270 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13271 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13272 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13273 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13274 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13275
13276 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13277 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13278 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13279 rarely happens in practice.
13280
13281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13282
13283 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13284 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13285 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13286 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13287 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13288 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13289
13290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13291
13292 ;;;***
13293 \f
13294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21862 60209 718658
13295 ;;;;;; 824000))
13296 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13297
13298 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13299 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13300
13301 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13302
13303 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13304 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13305 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13306
13307 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13308
13309 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13310 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13311 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13312 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13313 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13314 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13315 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13316
13317 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13318 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13319 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13320 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13321 suitable file is found, return nil.
13322
13323 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13324
13325 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13326
13327
13328 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13329
13330 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13331 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13332 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13333 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13334
13335 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13336
13337 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13338 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13339 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13340 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13341 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13342 it is displayed along with the global value.
13343
13344 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13345
13346 (autoload 'describe-function-or-variable "help-fns" "\
13347 Display the full documentation of the function or variable SYMBOL.
13348 If SYMBOL is a variable and has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13349 \(default to the current buffer and current frame), it is displayed along
13350 with the global value.
13351
13352 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13353
13354 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13355 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13356 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13357 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13358
13359 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13360
13361 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13362 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13363 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13364 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13365 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13366
13367 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13368
13369 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13370 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13371
13372 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13373
13374 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13375 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13376
13377 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13378
13379 ;;;***
13380 \f
13381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21670 32331 385639
13382 ;;;;;; 720000))
13383 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13384
13385 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13386 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13387 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13388 window listing and describing the options.
13389 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13390 gives the window that lists the options.")
13391
13392 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13393
13394 ;;;***
13395 \f
13396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21862 60209 718658
13397 ;;;;;; 824000))
13398 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13399
13400 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13401 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13402 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13403 Commands:
13404 \\{help-mode-map}
13405
13406 \(fn)" t nil)
13407
13408 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13409
13410
13411 \(fn)" nil nil)
13412
13413 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13414
13415
13416 \(fn)" nil nil)
13417
13418 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13419 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13420
13421 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13422 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13423 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13424 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13425
13426 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13427 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13428 restore it properly when going back.
13429
13430 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13431
13432 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13433 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13434 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13435 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13436 from `help-mode'.
13437 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13438 it does not already exist.
13439
13440 \(fn)" nil nil)
13441
13442 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13443 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13444
13445 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13446 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13447 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13448 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13449 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13450 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13451 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13452 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13453
13454 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13455 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13456 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13457 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13458
13459 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13460 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13461 that.
13462
13463 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13464
13465 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13466 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13467 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13468 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13469 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13470 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13471
13472 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13473
13474 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13475 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13476 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13477 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13478 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13479
13480 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13481
13482 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13483 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13484
13485 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13486
13487 (autoload 'help-xref-interned "help-mode" "\
13488 Follow a hyperlink which appeared to be an arbitrary interned SYMBOL.
13489 Both variable, function and face documentation are extracted into a single
13490 help buffer. If SYMBOL is a variable, include buffer-local value for optional
13491 BUFFER or FRAME.
13492
13493 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" nil nil)
13494
13495 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13496 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13497 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13498 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13499
13500 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13501
13502 ;;;***
13503 \f
13504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21670 32330
13505 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
13506 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13507
13508 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13509 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13510
13511 \(fn)" t nil)
13512
13513 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13514 Provide help for current mode.
13515
13516 \(fn)" t nil)
13517
13518 ;;;***
13519 \f
13520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21695 35516 595262 313000))
13521 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13522
13523 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13524 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13525 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13526 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13527 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13528
13529 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13530 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13531
13532 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13533 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13534 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13535 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13536
13537 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13538 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13539 periods.
13540
13541 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13542 in hexl format.
13543
13544 A sample format:
13545
13546 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13547 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13548 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13549 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13550 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13551 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13552 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13553 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13554 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13555 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13556 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13557 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13558 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13559 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13560 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13561
13562 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13563 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13564 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13565
13566 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13567 also supported.
13568
13569 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13570
13571 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13572 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13573 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13574
13575 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13576 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13577 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13578
13579 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13580 into the buffer at the current point.
13581
13582 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13583 into the buffer at the current point.
13584
13585 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13586 into the buffer at the current point.
13587
13588 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13589
13590 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13591 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13592
13593 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13594
13595 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13596
13597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13598
13599 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13600 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13601 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13602 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13603
13604 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13605
13606 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13607 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13608 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13609
13610 \(fn)" t nil)
13611
13612 ;;;***
13613 \f
13614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21741 1161 438890 423000))
13615 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13616
13617 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13618 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13619 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13620 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13621 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13622
13623 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13624 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13625 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13626 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13627
13628 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13629 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13630 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13631 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13632
13633 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13634 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13635 which can be called interactively, are:
13636
13637 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13638 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13639
13640 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13641 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13642 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13643 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13644
13645 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13646 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13647
13648 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13649 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13650 available face automatically.
13651
13652 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13653 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13654
13655 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13656 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13657 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13658 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13659 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13660 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13661 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13662 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13663 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13664 function returns t.
13665
13666 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13667 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13668
13669 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13670 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13671 form:
13672 Hi-lock: FOO
13673
13674 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13675 position (number of characters into buffer)
13676 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13677 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13678 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13679
13680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13681
13682 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13683 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13684 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13686 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13687 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13688
13689 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13690
13691 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13692 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13693 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13694 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13695 ARG is omitted or nil.
13696
13697 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13698 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13699 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13700
13701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13702
13703 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13704
13705 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13706 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13707 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13708 Use the global history list for FACE.
13709
13710 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13711 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13712 highlighting will not update as you type.
13713
13714 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13715
13716 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13717
13718 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13719 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13720 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13721 Use the global history list for FACE.
13722
13723 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13724 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13725 highlighting will not update as you type.
13726
13727 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13728
13729 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13730
13731 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13732 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13733 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13734 Use the global history list for FACE.
13735
13736 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13737 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13738 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13739
13740 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13741 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13742 highlighting will not update as you type.
13743
13744 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13745
13746 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13747
13748 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13749 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13750 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13751 unless you use a prefix argument.
13752 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13753
13754 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13755 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13756
13757 \(fn)" t nil)
13758
13759 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13760
13761 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13762 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13763 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13764 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13765 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13766 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13767
13768 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13769
13770 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13771 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13772
13773 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13774 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13775 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13776
13777 \(fn)" t nil)
13778
13779 ;;;***
13780 \f
13781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21799 41767
13782 ;;;;;; 51222 992000))
13783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13784
13785 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13786 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13787 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13788 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13789 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13790
13791 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13792 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13793 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13794 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13795
13796 `hide-ifdef-env'
13797 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13798 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13799 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13800 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13801 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13802 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13803 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13804
13805 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13806 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13807 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13808 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13809 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13810
13811 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13812 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13813 #endif lines when hiding.
13814
13815 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13816 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13817 is activated.
13818
13819 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13820 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13821 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13822
13823 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13824
13825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13826
13827 ;;;***
13828 \f
13829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21670 32331
13830 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13832
13833 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13834 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13835 Each element has the form
13836 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13837
13838 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13839 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13840
13841 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13842 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13843
13844 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13845 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13846 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13847 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13848 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13849 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13850
13851 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13852 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13853
13854 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13855 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13856
13857 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13858 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13859 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13860
13861 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13862 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13863 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13864 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13865 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13866
13867 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13868 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13869 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13870
13871 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13872 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13873 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13874
13875 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13876 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13877
13878 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13879
13880 Key bindings:
13881 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13882
13883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13884
13885 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13886 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13887
13888 \(fn)" nil nil)
13889
13890 ;;;***
13891 \f
13892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21670 32331 385639
13893 ;;;;;; 720000))
13894 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13895
13896 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13897 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13898 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13899 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13900 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13901
13902 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13903 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13904 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13905 this on and off.
13906
13907 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13908 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13909 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13910 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13911 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13912 through various faces.
13913 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13914 buffer with the contents of a file
13915 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13916
13917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13918
13919 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13920 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13921 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13922 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13923 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13924
13925 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13926 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13927 in a distinctive face.
13928
13929 The default value can be customized with variable
13930 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13931
13932 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13933
13934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13935
13936 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13937 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13938 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13939
13940 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13941
13942 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13943 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13944
13945 \(fn)" t nil)
13946
13947 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13948 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13949
13950 \(fn)" t nil)
13951
13952 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13953 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13954
13955 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13956 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13957 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13958 shown in the last face in the list.
13959
13960 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13961 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13962 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13963
13964 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13965
13966 \(fn)" t nil)
13967
13968 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13969 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13970
13971 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13972
13973 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13974 to save the file.
13975
13976 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13977 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13978
13979 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13980 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13981 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13982
13983 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13984
13985 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13986 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13987
13988 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13989 this function is called interactively.
13990
13991 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13992 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13993 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13994
13995 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13996 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13997 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13998
13999 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14000
14001 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14002 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14003 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14004 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14005 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14006 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14007
14008 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14009
14010 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14011 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14012 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14013 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14014 ARG is omitted or nil.
14015
14016 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14017 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14018 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14019
14020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14021
14022 ;;;***
14023 \f
14024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21850 34968 457268
14025 ;;;;;; 630000))
14026 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14027 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14028
14029 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14030 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14031 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14032 or insert functions in this list.")
14033
14034 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14035
14036 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14037 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14038 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14039 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14040 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14041 expansions.
14042 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14043 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14044 undoes the expansion.
14045
14046 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14047
14048 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14049 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14050 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14051 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14052
14053 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14054
14055 ;;;***
14056 \f
14057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21670 32331 385639
14058 ;;;;;; 720000))
14059 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14060
14061 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14062 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14063 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14064 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14065 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14066
14067 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14068 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14069 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14070 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14071 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14072 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14073
14074 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14075 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14076 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14077 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14078
14079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14080
14081 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14082 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14083 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14084 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14085 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14086 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14087
14088 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14089
14090 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14091 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14092 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14093 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14094 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14095
14096 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14097 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14098 windows.
14099
14100 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14101 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14102
14103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14104
14105 ;;;***
14106 \f
14107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21670 32330
14108 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14109 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14110
14111 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14112 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14113 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14114
14115 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14116
14117 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14118
14119 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14120 Oriental holidays.
14121 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14122
14123 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14124
14125 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14126
14127 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14128 Local holidays.
14129 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14130
14131 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14132
14133 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14134
14135 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14136 User defined holidays.
14137 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14138
14139 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14140
14141 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14142
14143 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14144 Jewish holidays.
14145 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14146
14147 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14148
14149 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14150
14151 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14152 Christian holidays.
14153 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14154
14155 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14156
14157 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14158
14159 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14160 Islamic holidays.
14161 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14162
14163 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14164
14165 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14166
14167 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14168 Bahá'í holidays.
14169 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14170
14171 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14172
14173 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14174
14175 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14176 Sun-related holidays.
14177 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14178
14179 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14180
14181 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14182
14183 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14184
14185 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14186 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14187 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14188 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14189
14190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14191
14192 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14193 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14194 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14195 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14196 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14197
14198 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14199 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14200
14201 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14202 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14203
14204 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14205 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14206 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14207 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14208 of a holiday list.
14209
14210 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14211
14212 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14213
14214 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14215
14216 ;;;***
14217 \f
14218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21670 32330
14219 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14221
14222 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14223 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14224
14225 \(fn)" t nil)
14226
14227 ;;;***
14228 \f
14229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21794 23865
14230 ;;;;;; 762631 503000))
14231 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14232 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14233
14234 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14235 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14236 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14237 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14238 as possible.
14239
14240 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14241 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14242 fontified display.
14243
14244 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14245 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14246
14247 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14248 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14249 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14250
14251 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14252
14253 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14254 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14255 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14256
14257 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14258
14259 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14260
14261 ;;;***
14262 \f
14263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
14264 ;;;;;; 720000))
14265 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14266
14267 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14268 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14269
14270 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14271 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14272 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14273
14274 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14275 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14276 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14277 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14278 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14279 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14280
14281 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14282 title of the column.
14283
14284 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14285 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14286 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14287 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14288 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14289
14290 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14291
14292 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14293
14294 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14295 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14296 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14297 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14298 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14299
14300 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14301 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14302 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14303
14304 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14305
14306 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14307
14308 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14309
14310 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14311 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14312 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14313 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14314 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14315 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14316
14317 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14318 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14319 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14320 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14321 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14322 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14323 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14324 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14325 values are:
14326 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14327 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14328 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14329 buffer's modification flag.
14330 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14331 prompted before performing this operation.
14332 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14333 operation is complete, in the form:
14334 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14335 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14336 confirmation message, in the form:
14337 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14338 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14339 macro for exactly what it does.
14340
14341 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14342
14343 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14344
14345 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14346
14347 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14348 Define a filter named NAME.
14349 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14350 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14351 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14352
14353 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14354 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14355 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14356 bound to the current value of the filter.
14357
14358 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14359
14360 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14361
14362 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14363
14364 ;;;***
14365 \f
14366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21855 577 47945 133000))
14367 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14368
14369 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14370 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14371 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14372 buffers which are visiting a file.
14373
14374 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14375
14376 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14377 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14378 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14379 buffers which are visiting a file.
14380
14381 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14382
14383 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14384 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14385 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14386
14387 All arguments are optional.
14388 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14389 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14390 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14391 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14392 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14393 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14394 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14395 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14396 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14397 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14398 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14399 that value locally in this buffer.
14400
14401 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14402
14403 ;;;***
14404 \f
14405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21795
14406 ;;;;;; 44704 594368 994000))
14407 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14408 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14409
14410 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14411 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14412 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14413 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14414
14415 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14416
14417 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14418 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14419 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14420 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14421 ICAL-FILENAME.
14422 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14423 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14424 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14425
14426 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14427
14428 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14429 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14430 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14431 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14432 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14433 non-marking or not.
14434
14435 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14436
14437 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14438 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14439
14440 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14441 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14442 DIARY-FILE.
14443
14444 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14445 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14446 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14447
14448 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14449 non-marking.
14450
14451 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14452 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14453 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14454
14455 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14456
14457 ;;;***
14458 \f
14459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21852 24381 607274
14460 ;;;;;; 219000))
14461 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14462
14463 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14464 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14465 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14467 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14468 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14469
14470 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14471
14472 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14473 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14475 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14476 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14477
14478 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14479 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14480 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14481 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14482
14483 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14484 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14485
14486 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14487 completions:
14488
14489 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14490
14491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14492 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14493 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14494 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14495 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14496
14497 ;;;***
14498 \f
14499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21670 32331 385639
14500 ;;;;;; 720000))
14501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14502
14503 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14504 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14505 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14506 Tab indents for Icon code.
14507 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14508 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14509 \\{icon-mode-map}
14510 Variables controlling indentation style:
14511 icon-tab-always-indent
14512 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14513 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14514 icon-auto-newline
14515 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14516 inserted in Icon code.
14517 icon-indent-level
14518 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14519 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14520 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14521 icon-continued-statement-offset
14522 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14523 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14524 icon-continued-brace-offset
14525 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14526 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14527 icon-brace-offset
14528 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14529 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14530 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14531 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14532
14533 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14534 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14535
14536 \(fn)" t nil)
14537
14538 ;;;***
14539 \f
14540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21855
14541 ;;;;;; 577 397944 786000))
14542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14543
14544 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14545 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14546 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14547 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14548
14549 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14550 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14551 separate frames.
14552
14553 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14554 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14555
14556 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14557 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14558 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14559
14560 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14561
14562 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14563
14564 ;;;***
14565 \f
14566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21862 60209
14567 ;;;;;; 838658 475000))
14568 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14569 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14570
14571 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14572 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14573
14574 The main features of this mode are
14575
14576 1. Indentation and Formatting
14577 --------------------------
14578 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14579 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14580
14581 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14582 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14583 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14584 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14585
14586 Comments are indented as follows:
14587
14588 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14589 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14590 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14591
14592 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14593
14594 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14595 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14596 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14597 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14598 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14599 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14600
14601 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14602 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14603 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14604 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14605
14606 2. Routine Info
14607 ------------
14608 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14609 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14610 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14611 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14612 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14613 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14614 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14615 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14616 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14617 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14618
14619 3. Online IDL Help
14620 ---------------
14621
14622 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14623 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14624 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14625 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14626
14627 4. Completion
14628 ----------
14629 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14630 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14631 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14632 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14633 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14634 upper case.
14635
14636 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14637 --------------------------------
14638 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14639 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14640
14641 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14642 \\fu FUNCTION template
14643 \\c CASE statement template
14644 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14645 \\f FOR loop template
14646 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14647 \\w WHILE loop template
14648 \\i IF statement template
14649 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14650 \\b BEGIN
14651
14652 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14653 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14654
14655 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14656 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14657 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14658 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14659
14660 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14661 -------------------------
14662 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14663 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14664
14665 7. Automatic END completion
14666 ------------------------
14667 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14668 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14669
14670 8. Hooks
14671 -----
14672 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14673 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14674
14675 9. Documentation and Customization
14676 -------------------------------
14677 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14678 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14679 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14680 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14681 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14682 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14683
14684 10.Keybindings
14685 -----------
14686 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14687 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14688 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14689
14690 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14691
14692 \(fn)" t nil)
14693
14694 ;;;***
14695 \f
14696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21862 60209 728658 929000))
14697 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14698
14699 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14700 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14701 The following values are possible:
14702 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14703 displaying...)
14704 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14705 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14706 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14707
14708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14709 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14710
14711 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14712
14713 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14714 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14715 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14716 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14717 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14718 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14719 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14720 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14721 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14722
14723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14724
14725 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14726 Switch to another buffer.
14727 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14728 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14729 in another frame.
14730
14731 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14732 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14733 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14734 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14735 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14736
14737 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14738 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14739
14740 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14741
14742 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14743 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14744 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14745 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14746 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14747 in a separate window.
14748 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14749 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14750 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14751 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14752 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14753 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14754 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14755 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14756 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14757
14758 \(fn)" t nil)
14759
14760 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14761 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14762 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14763 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14764
14765 \(fn)" t nil)
14766
14767 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14768 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14769 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14771
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14773
14774 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14775 Kill a buffer.
14776 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14777 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14778
14779 \(fn)" t nil)
14780
14781 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14782 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14783 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14784 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14785
14786 \(fn)" t nil)
14787
14788 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14789 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14790 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14791 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14792
14793 \(fn)" t nil)
14794
14795 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14796 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14797
14798 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14799
14800 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14801 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14802 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14803 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14804 in another frame.
14805
14806 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14807 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14808 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14809 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14810 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14811 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14812
14813 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14814 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14815
14816 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14817
14818 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14819 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14820 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14821 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14822 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14823 in a separate window.
14824 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14825 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14826 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14827 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14828 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14829 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14830 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14831 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14832 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14833 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14834 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14835 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14836 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14837 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14838 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14839 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14840 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14841 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14842
14843 \(fn)" t nil)
14844
14845 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14846 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14847 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14848 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14849
14850 \(fn)" t nil)
14851
14852 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14853 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14854 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14855 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14856
14857 \(fn)" t nil)
14858
14859 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14860 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14861 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14862 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14863
14864 \(fn)" t nil)
14865
14866 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14867 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14868 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14869 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14870
14871 \(fn)" t nil)
14872
14873 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14874 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14875 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14876 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14877
14878 \(fn)" t nil)
14879
14880 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14881 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14882 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14883 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14884
14885 \(fn)" t nil)
14886
14887 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14888 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14889 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14890 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14891
14892 \(fn)" t nil)
14893
14894 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14895 Write current buffer to a file.
14896 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14897 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14898
14899 \(fn)" t nil)
14900
14901 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14902 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14903 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14904 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14905
14906 \(fn)" t nil)
14907
14908 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14909 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14910 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14911 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14912
14913 \(fn)" t nil)
14914
14915 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14916 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14917 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14918 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14919 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14920 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14921
14922 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14923
14924 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14925 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14926 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14927 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14928
14929 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14930
14931 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14932 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14933 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14934 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14935
14936 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14937
14938 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14939 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14940 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14941 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14942 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14943 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14944 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14945 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14946 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14947 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14948 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14949 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14950 with point positioned at the end.
14951 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14952 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14953
14954 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14955
14956 ;;;***
14957 \f
14958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21855 577 47945 133000))
14959 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14960
14961 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14962 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14963 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14964 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14965
14966 \(fn)" t nil)
14967
14968 ;;;***
14969 \f
14970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
14971 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14972
14973 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14974
14975 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14976 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14977 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14978 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14979 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14980 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14981
14982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14983
14984 ;;;***
14985 \f
14986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
14987 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14988
14989 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14990 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14991 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14992 be determined.
14993
14994 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14995
14996 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14997 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14998 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14999 be determined.
15000
15001 \(fn)" nil nil)
15002
15003 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15004 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15005 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15006 be determined.
15007
15008 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15009
15010 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15011 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15012 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15013 be determined.
15014
15015 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15016
15017 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15018 Determine and return image type.
15019 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15020 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15021 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15022 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15023 use its file extension as image type.
15024 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15025
15026 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15027
15028 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15029 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15030 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15031
15032 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15033
15034 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15035 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15036 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15037
15038 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15039 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15040 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15041 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15042 must be available.
15043
15044 \(fn)" nil nil)
15045
15046 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15047 Create an image.
15048 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15049 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15050 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15051 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15052 use its file extension as image type.
15053 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15054 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15055 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15056 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15057
15058 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15059
15060 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15061 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15062 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15063
15064 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15065
15066 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15067 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15068 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15069 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15070 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15071 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15072 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15073 POS may be an integer or marker.
15074 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15075 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15076 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15077 means display it in the right marginal area.
15078
15079 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15080
15081 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15082 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15083 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15084 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15085 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15086 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15087 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15088 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15089 means display it in the right marginal area.
15090 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15091 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15092 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15093 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15094 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15095
15096 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15097
15098 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15099 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15100 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15101 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15102 STRING is a single space.
15103 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15104 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15105 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15106 means display it in the right marginal area.
15107 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15108
15109 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15110
15111 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15112 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15113 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15114 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15115
15116 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15117
15118 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15119 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15120
15121 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15122
15123 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15124 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15125 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15126 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15127 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15128 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15129 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15130 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15131 satisfied.
15132
15133 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15134
15135 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15136
15137 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15138
15139 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15140 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15141
15142 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15143 documentation string.
15144
15145 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15146 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15147 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15148 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15149 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15150 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15151 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15152 define SYMBOL.
15153
15154 Example:
15155
15156 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15157 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15158
15159 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15160
15161 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15162
15163 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15164 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15165 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15166 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15167
15168 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15169 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15170 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15171 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15172
15173 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15174
15175 \(fn)" nil nil)
15176
15177 ;;;***
15178 \f
15179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21670 32331
15180 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15181 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15182 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15183
15184 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15185 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15186 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15187 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15188 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15189 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15190
15191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15192
15193 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15194 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15195
15196 Convenience command that:
15197
15198 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15199 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15200 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15201
15202 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15203 image files in dired and type
15204 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15205
15206 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15207
15208 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15209 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15210
15211 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15212
15213 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15214 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15215 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15216 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15217 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15218 another one).
15219
15220 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15221 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15222 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15223
15224 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15225 instead of erasing it first.
15226
15227 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15228 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15229 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15230 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15231 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15232 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15233
15234 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15235
15236 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15237 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15238 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15239 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15240 displayed.
15241
15242 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15243
15244 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15245
15246 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15247
15248 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15249 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15250
15251 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15252
15253 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15254 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15255 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15256
15257 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15258
15259 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15260 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15261
15262 \(fn)" t nil)
15263
15264 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15265 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15266 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15267 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15268
15269 \(fn)" t nil)
15270
15271 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15272 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15273
15274 \(fn)" t nil)
15275
15276 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15277 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15278
15279 \(fn)" t nil)
15280
15281 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15282 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15283
15284 \(fn)" t nil)
15285
15286 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15287 Display current image file.
15288 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15289 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15290
15291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15292
15293 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15294 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15295
15296 \(fn)" t nil)
15297
15298 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15299 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15300 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15301 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15302 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15303 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15304 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15305
15306 \(fn)" t nil)
15307
15308 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15309 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15310 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15311 easy-to-use form.
15312
15313 \(fn)" t nil)
15314
15315 ;;;***
15316 \f
15317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21670 32331 385639
15318 ;;;;;; 720000))
15319 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15320
15321 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15322 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15323 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15324 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15325
15326 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15327 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15328 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15329 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15330
15331 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15332
15333 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15334 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15335 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15336 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15337
15338 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15339 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15340 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15341 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15342
15343 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15344
15345 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15346 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15347
15348 \(fn)" nil nil)
15349
15350 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15351 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15352 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15353 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15354
15355 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15356
15357 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15358 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15359 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15360 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15361 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15362 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15363
15364 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15365
15366 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15367 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15368 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15369 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15370 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15371
15372 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15373 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15374 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15375
15376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15377
15378 ;;;***
15379 \f
15380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21716 41663 456033
15381 ;;;;;; 27000))
15382 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15383
15384 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15385 Major mode for image files.
15386 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15387 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15388
15389 Key bindings:
15390 \\{image-mode-map}
15391
15392 \(fn)" t nil)
15393
15394 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15395 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15396 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15397 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15398 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15399
15400 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15401 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15402 actual image.
15403
15404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15405
15406 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15407 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15408 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15409 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15410 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15411 to display an image file as the actual image.
15412
15413 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15414 to display an image file as text initially.
15415
15416 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15417 on these modes.
15418
15419 \(fn)" t nil)
15420
15421 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15422
15423
15424 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15425
15426 ;;;***
15427 \f
15428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15429 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15430
15431 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15432 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15433
15434 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15435
15436 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15437 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15438 in the buffer.
15439
15440 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15441
15442 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15443 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15444 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15445
15446 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15447
15448 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15449 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15450 Each element of this list should have the form
15451
15452 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15453
15454 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15455 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15456 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15457 matches are put).
15458 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15459 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15460 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15461 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15462 another element.
15463 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15464 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15465 the menu item.
15466 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15467 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15468 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15469 the ARGUMENTS.
15470
15471 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15472 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15473 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15474
15475 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15476 create a buffer index.
15477
15478 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15479 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15480 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15481 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15482 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15483
15484 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15485
15486 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15487 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15488
15489 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15490 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15491 called within a `save-excursion'.
15492
15493 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15494
15495 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15496
15497 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15498 Function for finding the next index position.
15499
15500 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15501 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15502 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15503 file.
15504
15505 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15506 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15507
15508 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15509
15510 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15511 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15512
15513 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15514 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15515 It should return the name for that index item.")
15516
15517 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15518
15519 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15520 Function to compare string with index item.
15521
15522 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15523 non-nil if they match.
15524
15525 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15526 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15527 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15528 arguments match\".")
15529
15530 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15531
15532 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15533 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15534 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15535
15536 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15537 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15538
15539 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15540
15541 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15542
15543 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15544 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15545 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15546 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15547
15548 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15549
15550 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15551 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15552
15553 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15554
15555 \(fn)" t nil)
15556
15557 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15558 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15559 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15560 for more information.
15561
15562 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15563
15564 ;;;***
15565 \f
15566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21670 32331
15567 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15568 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15569
15570 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15571 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15572
15573 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15574
15575 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15576
15577
15578 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15579
15580 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15581
15582
15583 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15584
15585 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15586
15587
15588 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15589
15590 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15591 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15592
15593 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15594
15595 ;;;***
15596 \f
15597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21670 32331
15598 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15600
15601 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15602 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15603 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15604 to that buffer.
15605 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15606 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15607 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15608 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15609
15610 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15611
15612 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15613
15614 ;;;***
15615 \f
15616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21862 60209 738095 873000))
15617 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15618
15619 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15620 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15621 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15622 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15623 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15624 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15625 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15626 first in this list.
15627
15628 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15629 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15630 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15631 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15632 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15633
15634 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15635 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15636 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15637
15638 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15639 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15640
15641 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15642 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15643
15644 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15645 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15646 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15647 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15648 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15649 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15650 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15651 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15652 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15653 with the top-level Info directory.
15654
15655 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15656 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15657
15658 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15659
15660 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15661 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15662 in all the directories in that path.
15663
15664 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15665
15666 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15667
15668 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15669 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15670
15671 \(fn)" t nil)
15672
15673 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15674 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15675
15676 \(fn)" t nil)
15677
15678 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15679 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15680 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15681 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15682
15683 \(fn)" nil nil)
15684
15685 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15686 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15687 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15688 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15689
15690 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15691
15692 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15693 Go to the Info directory node.
15694
15695 \(fn)" t nil)
15696
15697 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15698 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15699 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15700 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15701 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15702 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15703
15704 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15705
15706 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15707 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15708 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15709
15710 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15711
15712 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15713 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15714 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15715 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15716 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15717
15718 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15719
15720 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15721 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15722 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15723 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15724 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15725
15726 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15727 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15728
15729 Selecting other nodes:
15730 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15731 Follow a node reference you click on.
15732 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15733 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15734 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15735 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15736 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15737 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15738 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15739 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15740 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15741 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15742 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15743 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15744 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15745 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15746 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15747 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15748 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15749 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15750 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15751 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15752
15753 Moving within a node:
15754 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15755 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15756 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15757 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15758 move up to the parent node.
15759 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15760 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15761 if there is none.
15762 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15763
15764 Advanced commands:
15765 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15766 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15767 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15768 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15769 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15770 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15771 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15772 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15773 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15774 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15775 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15776 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15777 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15778 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15779 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15780 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15781
15782 \(fn)" t nil)
15783 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15784
15785 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15786 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15787 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15788 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15789 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15790 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15791
15792 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15793 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15794
15795 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15796 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15797 KEY is a string.
15798 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15799 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15800 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15801 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15802
15803 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15804
15805 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15806 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15807 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15808
15809 \(fn)" t nil)
15810
15811 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15812 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15813 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15814
15815 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15816
15817 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15818 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15819 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15820 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15821 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15822 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15823
15824 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15825
15826 ;;;***
15827 \f
15828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21862 60209 738095
15829 ;;;;;; 873000))
15830 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15831
15832 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15833 Throw away all cached data.
15834 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15835 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15836 system.
15837
15838 \(fn)" t nil)
15839 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15840
15841 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15842 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15843 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15844 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15845 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15846 one found at point.
15847
15848 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15849
15850 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15851 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15852
15853 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15854 Display the documentation of a file.
15855 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15856 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15857 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15858 The default file name is the one found at point.
15859
15860 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15861
15862 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15863
15864 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15865 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15866
15867 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15868
15869 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15870 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15871
15872 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15873
15874 ;;;***
15875 \f
15876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21670 32331 385639
15877 ;;;;;; 720000))
15878 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15879 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15880
15881 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15882 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15883 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15884 current info file is the default.
15885
15886 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15887 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15888 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15889 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15890 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15891
15892 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15893 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15894 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15895 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15896 mistake in the reference.
15897
15898 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15899 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15900 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15901
15902 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15903 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15904 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15905 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15906
15907 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15908
15909 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15910 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15911 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15912 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15913 checked.
15914
15915 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15916 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15917 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15918 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15919 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15920 should be harmless.
15921
15922 \(fn)" t nil)
15923
15924 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15925 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15926 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15927 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15928
15929 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15930 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15931 and can take a long time.
15932
15933 \(fn)" t nil)
15934
15935 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15936 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15937 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15938
15939 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15940
15941 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15942 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15943
15944 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15945 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15946 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15947 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15948 all builtins).
15949
15950 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15951 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15952 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15953 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15954 the sources handy.
15955
15956 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15957
15958 ;;;***
15959 \f
15960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21670 32331 385639
15961 ;;;;;; 720000))
15962 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15963
15964 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15965 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15966
15967 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15968
15969 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15970 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15971
15972 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15973
15974 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15975 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15976 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15977 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15978
15979 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15980 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15981 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15982
15983 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15984 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15985 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15986 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15987
15988 \(fn)" t nil)
15989
15990 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15991 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15992 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15993
15994 \(fn)" t nil)
15995
15996 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15997 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15998 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15999 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16000 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16001
16002 \(fn)" nil nil)
16003
16004 ;;;***
16005 \f
16006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21670 32330
16007 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16009
16010 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16011
16012
16013 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16014
16015 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16016
16017 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16018
16019 ;;;***
16020 \f
16021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21670 32330
16022 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16023 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16024 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16025
16026 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16027 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16028 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16029
16030 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16031
16032 ;;;***
16033 \f
16034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21670
16035 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16036 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16037
16038 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16039 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16040
16041 \(fn)" t nil)
16042
16043 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16044 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16045
16046 \(fn)" t nil)
16047
16048 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16049
16050
16051 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16052
16053 ;;;***
16054 \f
16055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21767 65327 504606
16056 ;;;;;; 256000))
16057 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16058 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16059
16060 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16061 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16062 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16063 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16064 accessed via isearchb.
16065
16066 \(fn)" t nil)
16067
16068 ;;;***
16069 \f
16070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21670
16071 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16072 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16073
16074 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16075 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16076 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16077 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16078 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16079
16080 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16081
16082 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16083 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16084 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16085 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16086 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16087
16088 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16089
16090 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16091 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16092 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16093 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16094 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16095
16096 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16097
16098 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16099 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16100 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16101 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16102 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16103
16104 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16105
16106 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16107 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16108 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16109 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16110 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16111
16112 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16113
16114 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16115 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16116 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16117 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16118 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16119
16120 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16121
16122 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16123 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16124 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16125 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16126 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16127
16128 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16129
16130 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16131 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16132 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16133 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16134
16135 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16136
16137 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16138 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16139 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16140 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16141
16142 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16143
16144 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16145 Warn that format is read-only.
16146
16147 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16148
16149 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16150 Warn that format is write-only.
16151
16152 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16153
16154 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16155 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16156
16157 \(fn)" t nil)
16158
16159 ;;;***
16160 \f
16161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16162 ;;;;;; (21840 19142 552627 956000))
16163 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16164 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16165 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16166
16167 ;;;***
16168 \f
16169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21855 577 527945
16170 ;;;;;; 248000))
16171 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16172
16173 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16174
16175 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16176 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16177 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16178 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16179 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16180
16181 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16182
16183 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16184
16185 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16186 Key map for ispell menu.")
16187
16188 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16189 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16190 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16191 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16192
16193 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16194
16195 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16196
16197 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16198
16199 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16200
16201 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16202 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16203 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16204 Valid forms include:
16205 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16206 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16207 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16208 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16209
16210 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16211 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16212 First list is used raw.
16213 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16214
16215 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16216 for skipping in latex mode.")
16217
16218 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16219 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16220 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16221 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16222 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16223 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16224 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16225
16226 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16227 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16228 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16229 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16230
16231 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16232 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16233 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16234 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16235 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16236
16237 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16238 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16239
16240 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16241 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16242
16243 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16244 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16245
16246 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16247 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16248
16249 Return values:
16250 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16251 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16252 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16253 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16254 quit spell session exited.
16255
16256 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16257
16258 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16259 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16260 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16261
16262 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16263
16264 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16265 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16266
16267 Selections are:
16268
16269 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16270 SPC: Accept word this time.
16271 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16272 `a': Accept word for this session.
16273 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16274 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16275 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16276 `?': Show these commands.
16277 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16278 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16279 the aborted check to be completed later.
16280 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16281 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16282 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16283 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16284 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16285 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16286 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16287
16288 \(fn)" nil nil)
16289
16290 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16291 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16292 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16293 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16294
16295 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16296
16297 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16298 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16299 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16300 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16301
16302 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16303
16304 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16305
16306 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16307 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16308 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16309 amount for last line processed.
16310
16311 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16312
16313 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16314 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16315
16316 \(fn)" t nil)
16317
16318 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16319 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16320
16321 \(fn)" t nil)
16322
16323 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16324 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16325 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16326
16327 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16328
16329 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16330 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16331
16332 \(fn)" t nil)
16333
16334 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16335 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16336 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16337 sequence inside of a word.
16338
16339 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16340
16341 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16342
16343 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16344 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16345
16346 \(fn)" t nil)
16347
16348 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16349 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16350 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16351 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16352
16353 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16354 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16355 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16356 available on the net.
16357
16358 \(fn)" t nil)
16359
16360 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16361 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16362 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16363 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16364 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16365
16366 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16367 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16368 spelled.
16369
16370 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16371 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16372 SPC.
16373
16374 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16375 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16376
16377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16378
16379 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16380 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16381 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16382 Don't check included messages.
16383
16384 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16385 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16386 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16387
16388 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16389 in your init file:
16390 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16391 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16392 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16393 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16394
16395 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16396 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16397 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16398
16399 \(fn)" t nil)
16400
16401 ;;;***
16402 \f
16403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21670
16404 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16405 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16406
16407 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16408
16409
16410 \(fn)" nil nil)
16411
16412 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16413 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16414 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16415 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16416 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16417 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16418 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16419 necessary to represent OBJ.
16420
16421 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16422
16423 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16424 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16425 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16426 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16427
16428 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16429
16430 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16431 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16432 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16433 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16434 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16435
16436 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16437
16438 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16439 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16440 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16441 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16442
16443 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16444
16445 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16446 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16447 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16448 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16449
16450 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16451
16452 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16453 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16454
16455 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16456
16457 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16458 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16459 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16460 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16461 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16462
16463 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16464
16465 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16466 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16467 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16468 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16469 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16470
16471 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16472
16473 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16474 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16475 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16476
16477 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16478
16479 ;;;***
16480 \f
16481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21670 32331 385639
16482 ;;;;;; 720000))
16483 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16484
16485 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16486 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16487 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16488 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16489
16490 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16491
16492
16493 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16494
16495 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16496 Uninstall jka-compr.
16497 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16498 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16499 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16500
16501 \(fn)" nil nil)
16502
16503 ;;;***
16504 \f
16505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21833 59993 694773
16506 ;;;;;; 201000))
16507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16508 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16509
16510 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16511 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16512
16513 \(fn)" t nil)
16514 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16515
16516 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16517
16518 ;;;***
16519 \f
16520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21779 56495 106033 935000))
16521 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16522 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16523
16524 ;;;***
16525 \f
16526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21670 32330
16527 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16529
16530 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16531 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16532 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16533 decimal key must be specified.")
16534
16535 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16536
16537 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16538 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16539 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16540 decimal key must be specified.")
16541
16542 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16543
16544 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16545 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16546 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16547 decimal key must be specified.")
16548
16549 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16550
16551 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16552 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16553 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16554 decimal key must be specified.")
16555
16556 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16557
16558 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16559 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16560 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16561 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16562 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16563 keys are bound.
16564
16565 Setup Binding
16566 -------------------------------------------------------------
16567 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16568 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16569 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16570 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16571 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16572 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16573 in the global and local keymaps.
16574
16575 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16576 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16577
16578 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16579
16580 ;;;***
16581 \f
16582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21670
16583 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16584 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16585
16586 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16587 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16588 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16589
16590 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16591 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16592 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16593 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16594 shorter.
16595
16596 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16597 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16598 the context of text formatting.
16599
16600 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16601
16602 ;;;***
16603 \f
16604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21670 32331 385639
16605 ;;;;;; 720000))
16606 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16607
16608 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16609 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16610 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16611 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16612 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16613 positions that contains the current selection.")
16614
16615 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16616 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16617 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16618 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16619 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16620 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16621 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16622
16623 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16624
16625 ;;;***
16626 \f
16627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16628 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16629 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16630 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16631 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16632 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16633 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16634 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16635 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16636
16637 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16638 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16639 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16640
16641 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16642
16643 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16644 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16645 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16646 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16647 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16648
16649 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16650
16651 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16652 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16653 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16654
16655 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16656 defining the macro.
16657
16658 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16659 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16660 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16661
16662 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16663 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16664
16665 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16666
16667 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16668 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16669 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16670 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16671 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16672 under that name.
16673
16674 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16675 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16676 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16677
16678 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16679
16680 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16681 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16682 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16683 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16684
16685 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16686 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16687 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16688 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16689
16690 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16691 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16692
16693 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16694
16695 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16696 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16697 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16698
16699 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16700 macro.
16701
16702 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16703 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16704
16705 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16706 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16707 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16708
16709 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16710 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16711
16712 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16713
16714 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16715 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16716 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16717 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16718
16719 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16720
16721 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16722 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16723 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16724 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16725
16726 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16727 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16728
16729 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16730
16731 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16732 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16733 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16734
16735 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16736
16737 ;;;***
16738 \f
16739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21670
16740 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16741 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16742
16743 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16744 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16745 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16746
16747 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16748
16749
16750 \(fn)" nil nil)
16751
16752 ;;;***
16753 \f
16754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21670 32331
16755 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16757 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16758
16759 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16760
16761 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16762 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16763
16764 \(fn)" t nil)
16765
16766 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16767 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16768 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16769 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16770
16771 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16772 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16773 none / 1 | yes | no
16774 2 | yes | yes
16775 3 | no | yes
16776 4 | no | no
16777
16778 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16779 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16780 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16781
16782 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16783
16784 ;;;***
16785 \f
16786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21670 32331
16787 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16788 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16789
16790 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16791
16792
16793 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16794
16795 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16796 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16797 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16798 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16799 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16800 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16801
16802 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16803 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16804
16805 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16806
16807 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16808 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16809
16810 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16811
16812 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16813
16814
16815 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16816
16817 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16818
16819
16820 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16821
16822 ;;;***
16823 \f
16824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21670
16825 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16826 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16827
16828 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16829 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16830 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16831 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16832
16833 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16834
16835 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16836 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16837 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16838
16839 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16840
16841 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16842 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16843 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16844
16845 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16846
16847 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16848 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16849 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16850 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16851
16852 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16853
16854 ;;;***
16855 \f
16856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16857 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16858 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16859
16860 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16861 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16862 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16863 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16864 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16865 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16866 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16867 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16868
16869 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16870 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16871
16872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16873 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16874
16875 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16876
16877 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16878 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16879 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16880 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16881 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16882 `latin1-display-setup'.
16883
16884 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16885
16886 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16887 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16888 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16889 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16890
16891 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16892 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16893
16894 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16895
16896 ;;;***
16897 \f
16898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21670
16899 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16900 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16901
16902 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16903 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16904
16905 \(fn)" t nil)
16906
16907 ;;;***
16908 \f
16909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "let-alist.el" (21670 32331 385639
16910 ;;;;;; 720000))
16911 ;;; Generated autoloads from let-alist.el
16912 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16913
16914 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16915 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16916 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16917 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16918
16919 For instance, the following code
16920
16921 (let-alist alist
16922 (if (and .title .body)
16923 .body
16924 .site
16925 .site.contents))
16926
16927 essentially expands to
16928
16929 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16930 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16931 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16932 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16933 (if (and .title .body)
16934 .body
16935 .site
16936 .site.contents))
16937
16938 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16939 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16940 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16941 displayed in the example above.
16942
16943 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16944
16945 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16946
16947 ;;;***
16948 \f
16949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16950 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16951
16952 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16953 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16954 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16955 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16956 generations (this defaults to 1).
16957
16958 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16959
16960 ;;;***
16961 \f
16962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21855 577 57945 485000))
16963 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16964 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16965
16966 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16967 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16968 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16969 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16970 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16971
16972 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16973
16974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16975
16976 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16977 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16978 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16980 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16981 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16982
16983 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16984
16985 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16986 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16987 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16988 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16989 ARG is omitted or nil.
16990
16991 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16992 `linum-on' would do it.
16993 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16994
16995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16996
16997 ;;;***
16998 \f
16999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21670 32331 385639
17000 ;;;;;; 720000))
17001 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17002
17003 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17004 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17005 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17006 is nil, raise an error.
17007
17008 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17009 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17010 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17011 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17012 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17013 defined by the library.
17014
17015 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17016 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17017 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17018 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17019 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17020 proceeds.
17021
17022 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17023 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17024 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17025 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17026
17027 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17028
17029 ;;;***
17030 \f
17031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17032 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17033
17034 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17035 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17036 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17037
17038 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17039
17040 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17041 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17042 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17043 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17044
17045 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17046 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17047 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17048 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17049 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17050 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17051 the version.)
17052
17053 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17054 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17055
17056 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17057 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17058
17059 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17060 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17061
17062 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17063
17064 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17065 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17066 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17067 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17068 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17069 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17070 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17071 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17072 to constrain a big search.
17073
17074 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17075
17076 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17077 except that FILTER is not optional.
17078
17079 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17080
17081 ;;;***
17082 \f
17083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21852 24382 97237
17084 ;;;;;; 703000))
17085 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17086
17087 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17088 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17089 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17090 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17091 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17092 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17093 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17094 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17095 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17096 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17097
17098 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17099 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17100 associated values:
17101 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17102 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17103 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17104 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17105 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17106
17107 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17108 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17109 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17110
17111 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17112
17113 ;;;***
17114 \f
17115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21850 34915 117255
17116 ;;;;;; 375000))
17117 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17118
17119 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17120 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17121
17122 \(fn)" t nil)
17123
17124 ;;;***
17125 \f
17126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17127 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17128
17129 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17130 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17131
17132 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17133 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17134
17135 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17136 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17137 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17138
17139 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17140 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17141
17142 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17143 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17144 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17145 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17146 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17147 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17148 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17149
17150 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17151
17152 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17153 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17154 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17155 switch on this list.
17156 See `lpr-command'.")
17157
17158 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17159
17160 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17161 Name of program for printing a file.
17162
17163 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17164 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17165 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17166 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17167 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17168 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17169 argument.")
17170
17171 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17172
17173 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17174 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17175 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17176 for customization of the printer command.
17177
17178 \(fn)" t nil)
17179
17180 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17181 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17182
17183 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17184 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17185 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17186 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17187
17188 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17189 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17190
17191 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17192 for further customization of the printer command.
17193
17194 \(fn)" t nil)
17195
17196 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17197 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17198 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17199 for customization of the printer command.
17200
17201 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17202
17203 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17204 Paginate and print the region contents.
17205
17206 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17207 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17208 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17209 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17210
17211 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17212 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17213
17214 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17215 for further customization of the printer command.
17216
17217 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17218
17219 ;;;***
17220 \f
17221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21855 577 57945 485000))
17222 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17223
17224 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17225 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17226 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17227
17228 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17229
17230 ;;;***
17231 \f
17232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21670 32330 885624
17233 ;;;;;; 725000))
17234 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17235
17236 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17237 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17238 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17239 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17240
17241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17242
17243 ;;;***
17244 \f
17245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21670 32331
17246 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17248
17249 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17250 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17251
17252 \(fn)" t nil)
17253
17254 ;;;***
17255 \f
17256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17257 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17258
17259 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17260 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17261 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17262 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17263 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17264
17265 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17266
17267 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17268 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17269 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17270 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17271 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17272
17273 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17274 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17275 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17276 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17277 bindings.
17278
17279 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17280 use this command, and then save the file.
17281
17282 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17283
17284 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17285 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17286 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17287 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17288 each time the macro executes.
17289 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17290 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17291 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17292 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17293 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17294 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17295 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17296
17297 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17298
17299 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17300 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17301 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17302 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17303
17304 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17305 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17306 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17307 execute.
17308
17309 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17310 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17311
17312 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17313 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17314 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17315 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17316 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17317
17318 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17319 looked like this:
17320
17321 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17322 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17323 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17324
17325 You could enter the names in this format:
17326
17327 foo
17328 bar
17329 baz
17330
17331 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17332
17333 \\C-x (
17334 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17335 \\C-x )
17336
17337 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17338 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17339
17340 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17341 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17342
17343 ;;;***
17344 \f
17345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21670 32331
17346 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17348
17349 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17350 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17351 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17352 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17353 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17354 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17355
17356 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17357 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17358 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17359 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17360 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17361
17362 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17363 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17364 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17365 consing a string.)
17366
17367 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17368
17369 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17370 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17371
17372 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17373
17374 ;;;***
17375 \f
17376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21670 32331
17377 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17378 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17379
17380 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17381 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17382
17383 \(fn)" nil nil)
17384
17385 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17386
17387
17388 \(fn)" nil nil)
17389
17390 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17391 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17392
17393 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17394
17395 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17396 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17397 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17398 message.
17399
17400 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17401
17402 \(fn)" nil nil)
17403
17404 ;;;***
17405 \f
17406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21670 32331
17407 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17409
17410 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17411 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17412 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17413 often correct parser.")
17414
17415 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17416
17417 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17418 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17419 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17420 a value which excludes your own email address.
17421
17422 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17423 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17424
17425 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17426
17427 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17428 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17429
17430 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17431
17432 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17433 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17434 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17435 we return it unconverted.
17436
17437 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17438 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17439
17440 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17441
17442 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17443 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17444 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17445 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17446
17447 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17448
17449 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17450 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17451 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17452 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17453
17454 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17455
17456 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17457 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17458 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17459 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17460 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17461 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17462 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17463 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17464 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17465 as Rmail does.
17466
17467 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17468
17469 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17470 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17471 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17472 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17473 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17474 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17475 matches may be returned from the message body.
17476
17477 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17478
17479 ;;;***
17480 \f
17481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21850 35149
17482 ;;;;;; 497265 880000))
17483 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17484
17485 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17486 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17487 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17490 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17491
17492 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17493
17494 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17495 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17497 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17498 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17499
17500 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17501 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17502 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17503 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17504
17505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17506
17507 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17508 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17509
17510 \(fn)" nil nil)
17511
17512 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17513 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17514 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17515
17516 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17517
17518 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17519 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17520 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17521
17522 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17523 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17524 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17525 double-quotes.
17526
17527 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17528
17529 ;;;***
17530 \f
17531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21855 577
17532 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
17533 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17534
17535 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17536 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17537 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17538 king@grassland.com
17539 If `parens', they look like:
17540 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17541 If `angles', they look like:
17542 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17543
17544 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17545
17546 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17547 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17548 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17549 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17550 their `Resent-' variants.
17551
17552 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17553 removed from alias expansions.
17554
17555 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17556
17557 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17558 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17559 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17560
17561 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17562 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17563 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17564 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17565
17566 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17567
17568 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17569 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17570 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17571
17572 \(fn)" nil nil)
17573
17574 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17575 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17576 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17577 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17578
17579 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17580
17581 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17582
17583 ;;;***
17584 \f
17585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21670 32331
17586 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17587 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17588
17589 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17590 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17591 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17592 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17593
17594 \(fn)" nil nil)
17595
17596 ;;;***
17597 \f
17598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21670
17599 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
17600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17601
17602 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17603 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17604
17605 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17606 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17607 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17608 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17609 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17610 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17611
17612 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17613 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17614 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17615 dependency, despite the colon.
17616
17617 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17618
17619 In the browser, use the following keys:
17620
17621 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17622
17623 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17624
17625 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17626 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17627
17628 `makefile-target-colon':
17629 The string that gets appended to all target names
17630 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17631 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17632
17633 `makefile-macro-assign':
17634 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17635 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17636 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17637 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17638 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17639 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17640
17641 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17642 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17643 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17644
17645 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17646 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17647
17648 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17649 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17650 up or down in the browser.
17651
17652 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17653 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17654
17655 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17656 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17657
17658 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17659 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17660 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17661 has been selected in the browser.
17662
17663 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17664 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17665 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17666 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17667 filenames are omitted.
17668
17669 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17670 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17671 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17672 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17673 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17674 the backslash itself intact.
17675 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17676 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17677
17678 `makefile-browser-hook':
17679 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17680 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17681
17682 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17683 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17684 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17685 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17686
17687 \(fn)" t nil)
17688
17689 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17690 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17691
17692 \(fn)" t nil)
17693
17694 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17695 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17696
17697 \(fn)" t nil)
17698
17699 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17700 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17701
17702 \(fn)" t nil)
17703
17704 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17705 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17706
17707 \(fn)" t nil)
17708
17709 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17710 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17711
17712 \(fn)" t nil)
17713
17714 ;;;***
17715 \f
17716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21670 32331 385639
17717 ;;;;;; 720000))
17718 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17719
17720 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17721 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17722 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17723
17724 \(fn)" t nil)
17725
17726 ;;;***
17727 \f
17728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21814 9129 320508 708000))
17729 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17730
17731 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17732
17733 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17734 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17735 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17736 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17737 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17738 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17739 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17740 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17741 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17742 without running the man command.
17743
17744 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17745 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17746 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17747
17748 cat(1)
17749 1 cat
17750
17751 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17752 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17753 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17754 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17755
17756 -a chmod
17757
17758 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17759 otherwise look like a page name.
17760
17761 /my/file/name.1.gz
17762 -l somefile.1
17763
17764 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17765 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17766 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17767
17768 -k pattern
17769
17770 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17771
17772 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17773 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17774
17775 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17776
17777 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17778 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17779
17780 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17781
17782 ;;;***
17783 \f
17784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17785 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17786 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17787
17788 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17789 Toggle Master mode.
17790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17791 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17792 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17793
17794 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17795 using the following commands:
17796
17797 \\{master-mode-map}
17798
17799 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17800 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17801 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17802
17803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17804
17805 ;;;***
17806 \f
17807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21670 32331 385639
17808 ;;;;;; 720000))
17809 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17810
17811 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17812 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17813 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17815 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17816 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17817
17818 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17819
17820 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17821 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17822 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17823 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17824 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17825
17826 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17827 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17828 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17829 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17830
17831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17832
17833 ;;;***
17834 \f
17835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17836 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17837 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17838
17839 ;;;***
17840 \f
17841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21855 576 917950
17842 ;;;;;; 620000))
17843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17844
17845 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17846
17847 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17848 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17849 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17850 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17851 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17852 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17853 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17854 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17855 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17856 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17857 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17858 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17859 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17860 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17861 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17862 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17863 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17864 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17865 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17866 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17867 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17868 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17869 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17870 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17871 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17872 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17873 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17874 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17875 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17876 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17877 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17878 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17879 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17880 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17881 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17882 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17883 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17884 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17885
17886 \(fn)" t nil)
17887
17888 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17889 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17890 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17891 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17892 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17893
17894 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17895
17896 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17897 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17898
17899 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17900
17901 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17902 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17903
17904 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17905
17906 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17907 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17908
17909 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17910
17911 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17912 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17913 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17914
17915 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17916
17917 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17918 Cancel an article you posted.
17919 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17920
17921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17922
17923 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17924 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17925 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17926 header line with the old Message-ID.
17927
17928 \(fn)" t nil)
17929
17930 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17931 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17932
17933 \(fn)" t nil)
17934
17935 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17936 Forward the current message via mail.
17937 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17938 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17939
17940 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17941
17942 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17943
17944
17945 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17946
17947 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17948
17949
17950 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17951
17952 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17953 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17954
17955 \(fn)" t nil)
17956
17957 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17958 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17959
17960 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17961
17962 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17963 Re-mail the current message.
17964 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17965 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17966 you.
17967
17968 \(fn)" t nil)
17969
17970 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17971 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17972
17973 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17974
17975 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17976 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17977
17978 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17979
17980 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17981 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17982
17983 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17984
17985 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17986 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17987
17988 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17989
17990 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17991 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17992 Works by overstriking characters.
17993 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17994 which specify the range to operate on.
17995
17996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17997
17998 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17999 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18000 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18001 which specify the range to operate on.
18002
18003 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18004
18005 ;;;***
18006 \f
18007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21670
18008 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18009 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18010 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18011
18012 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18013 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18014
18015 \(fn)" t nil)
18016
18017 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18018 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18019
18020 \(fn)" t nil)
18021
18022 ;;;***
18023 \f
18024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21670 32331
18025 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18026 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18027
18028 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18029 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18030 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18031
18032 \(fn)" t nil)
18033
18034 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18035 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18036 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18037 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18038 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18039 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18040 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18041
18042 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18043
18044 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18045 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18046 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18047 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18048 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18049 means current).
18050 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18051 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18052
18053 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18054
18055 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18056 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18057 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18058 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18059 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18060 means current).
18061 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18062 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18063
18064 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18065
18066 ;;;***
18067 \f
18068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21670 32331 385639
18069 ;;;;;; 720000))
18070 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18071
18072 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18073 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18074 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18075
18076 \(fn)" t nil)
18077
18078 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18079 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18080 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18081
18082 \(fn)" t nil)
18083
18084 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18085 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18086
18087 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18088 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18089 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18090
18091 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18092 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18093
18094 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18095 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18096
18097 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18098
18099 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18100
18101 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18102 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18103 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18104 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18105 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18106 as `compose-mail'.
18107
18108 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18109 initial Subject field, respectively.
18110
18111 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18112 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18113 are strings.
18114
18115 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18116 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18117
18118 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18119
18120 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18121 Save draft and send message.
18122
18123 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18124 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18125 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18126 Mail Delivery*\".
18127
18128 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18129 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18130 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18131
18132 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18133 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18134 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18135 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18136 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18137 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18138
18139 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18140 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18141
18142 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18143 message and scan line.
18144
18145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18146
18147 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18148 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18149
18150 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18151 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18152 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18153 delete the draft message.
18154
18155 \(fn)" t nil)
18156
18157 ;;;***
18158 \f
18159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18161 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18162
18163 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18164
18165 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18166
18167 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18168
18169 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18170 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18171
18172 \(fn)" t nil)
18173
18174 ;;;***
18175 \f
18176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21670 32331
18177 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18178 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18179
18180 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18181 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18182 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18183
18184 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18185 the MH mail system.
18186
18187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18188
18189 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18190 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18191 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18192
18193 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18194 the MH mail system.
18195
18196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18197
18198 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18199 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18200
18201 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18202 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18203 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18204 separate command.
18205
18206 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18207 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18208 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18209 format.
18210
18211 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18212
18213 Ranges
18214 ======
18215 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18216 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18217 can be used in several ways.
18218
18219 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18220 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18221 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18222 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18223 page):
18224
18225 <num1>-<num2>
18226 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18227 The range must be nonempty.
18228
18229 <num>:N
18230 <num>:+N
18231 <num>:-N
18232 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18233 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18234 last.
18235
18236 first:N
18237 prev:N
18238 next:N
18239 last:N
18240 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18241
18242 all
18243 All of the messages.
18244
18245 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18246 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18247
18248 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18249 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18250 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18251
18252 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18253
18254 \(fn)" t nil)
18255
18256 ;;;***
18257 \f
18258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21822 58098 20521
18259 ;;;;;; 61000))
18260 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18261
18262 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18263 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18264 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18265 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18266 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18267 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18268
18269 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18270
18271 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18272 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18273
18274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18275
18276 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18277 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18278 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18279 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18280 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18281 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18282 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18283 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18284 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18285 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18286 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18287
18288 \(fn)" t nil)
18289
18290 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18291 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18292 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18293 to its second argument TM.
18294
18295 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18296
18297 ;;;***
18298 \f
18299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21670 32331
18300 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18302
18303 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18304 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18305 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18306 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18307 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18308 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18309
18310 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18311
18312 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18313 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18315 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18316 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18317
18318 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18319 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18320 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18321 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18322 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18323 is modified to remove the default indication.
18324
18325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18326
18327 ;;;***
18328 \f
18329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18330 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18331
18332 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18333 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18334 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18335 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18336 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18337 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18338 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18339 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18340 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18341
18342 \(fn)" t nil)
18343
18344 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18345 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18346 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18347 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18348 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18349 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18350 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18351 The return value is always nil.
18352
18353 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18354
18355 ;;;***
18356 \f
18357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21797 36 720489 297000))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18359 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18360
18361 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18362 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18363
18364 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18365 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18366 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18367 next occurrence.
18368
18369 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18370 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18371 end of the search space).
18372
18373 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18374 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18375 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18376 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18377 should return the previous buffer to search.
18378
18379 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18380 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18381 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18382
18383 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18384 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18385 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18386 Isearch starts.")
18387
18388 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18389 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18390 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18391
18392 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18393 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18394 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18395
18396 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18397 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18398
18399 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18400 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18401 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18402
18403 \(fn)" nil nil)
18404
18405 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18406 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18407 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18408 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18409 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18410 whose names match the specified regexp.
18411
18412 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18413
18414 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18415 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18416 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18417 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18418 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18419 whose names match the specified regexp.
18420
18421 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18422
18423 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18424 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18425 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18426 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18427 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18428 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18429 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18430
18431 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18432
18433 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18434 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18435 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18436 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18437 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18438 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18439 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18440
18441 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18442
18443 ;;;***
18444 \f
18445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21670
18446 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18448 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18449
18450 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18451 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18452
18453 \(fn)" t nil)
18454
18455 ;;;***
18456 \f
18457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21670 32331
18458 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18460
18461 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18462 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18463
18464 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18465
18466 ;;;***
18467 \f
18468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21670 32331
18469 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18471
18472 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18473 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18474
18475 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18476
18477 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18478 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18479 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18480 the entire message.
18481 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18482
18483 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18484
18485 ;;;***
18486 \f
18487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21670 32331
18488 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18490
18491 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18492 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18493 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18494 the entire message.
18495 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18496
18497 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18498
18499 ;;;***
18500 \f
18501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21670 32331 385639
18502 ;;;;;; 720000))
18503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18504
18505 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18506 Insert file contents of URL.
18507 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18508
18509 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18510
18511 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18512 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18513
18514 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18515
18516 ;;;***
18517 \f
18518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21670 32331 385639
18519 ;;;;;; 720000))
18520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18521
18522 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18523 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18524 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18525 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18526 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18527
18528 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18529
18530 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18531 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18532 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18533
18534 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18535
18536 ;;;***
18537 \f
18538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21826 49866 790514 606000))
18539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18540
18541 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18542 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18543
18544 \(fn)" nil nil)
18545
18546 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18547 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18548 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18549 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18550 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18551
18552 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18553 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18554 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18555 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18556 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18557 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18558
18559 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18560
18561 ;;;***
18562 \f
18563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21670 32331 385639
18564 ;;;;;; 720000))
18565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18566
18567 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18568
18569
18570 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18571
18572 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18573
18574
18575 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18576
18577 ;;;***
18578 \f
18579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21670 32331 385639
18580 ;;;;;; 720000))
18581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18582
18583 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18584
18585
18586 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18587
18588 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18589
18590
18591 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18592
18593 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18594
18595
18596 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18597
18598 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18599
18600
18601 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18602
18603 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18604
18605
18606 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18607
18608 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18609
18610
18611 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18612
18613 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18614
18615
18616 \(fn)" nil nil)
18617
18618 ;;;***
18619 \f
18620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21862 60209
18621 ;;;;;; 618658 448000))
18622 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18623
18624 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18625
18626 ;;;***
18627 \f
18628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18629 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18631
18632 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18633
18634 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18635 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18636 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18637 followed by the first character of the construct.
18638 \\<m2-mode-map>
18639 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18640 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18641 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18642 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18643 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18644 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18645 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18646 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18647 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18648 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18649 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18650 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18651 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18652 \\[m2-link] link
18653
18654 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18655 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18656 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18657
18658 \(fn)" t nil)
18659
18660 ;;;***
18661 \f
18662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21670 32331 385639
18663 ;;;;;; 720000))
18664 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18665
18666 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18667 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18668
18669 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18670
18671 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18672 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18673
18674 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18675
18676 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18677 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18678
18679 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18680
18681 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18682 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18683
18684 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18685
18686 ;;;***
18687 \f
18688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21670 32331 385639
18689 ;;;;;; 720000))
18690 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18691
18692 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18693 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18694
18695 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18696 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18697 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18698
18699 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18700 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18701 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18702
18703 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18704 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18705
18706 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18707 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18708 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18709 hemisphere you're in.)
18710
18711 To test this function, evaluate:
18712 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18713
18714 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18715
18716 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18717 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18718
18719 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18720 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18721
18722 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18723 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18724 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18725
18726 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18727 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18728
18729 To test this function, evaluate:
18730 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18731
18732 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18733
18734 ;;;***
18735 \f
18736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18737 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18738
18739 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18740 Main entry point for MPC.
18741
18742 \(fn)" t nil)
18743
18744 ;;;***
18745 \f
18746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18747 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18748
18749 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18750 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18751
18752 \(fn)" t nil)
18753
18754 ;;;***
18755 \f
18756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18757 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18758
18759 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18760 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18761 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18763 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18764 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18765
18766 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18767
18768 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18769 Toggle Msb mode.
18770 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18771 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18772 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18773
18774 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18775 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18776
18777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18778
18779 ;;;***
18780 \f
18781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21862
18782 ;;;;;; 60209 748658 481000))
18783 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18784
18785 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18786 Display a list of all character sets.
18787
18788 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18789 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18790 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18791 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18792 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18793
18794 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18795 but still shows the full information.
18796
18797 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18798
18799 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18800 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18801 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18802
18803 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18804 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18805 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18806 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18807 meanings of these arguments.
18808
18809 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18810
18811 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18812 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18813
18814 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18815
18816 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18817 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18818
18819 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18820
18821 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18822 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18823
18824 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18825
18826 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18827 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18828
18829 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18830 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18831 in place of `..':
18832 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18833 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18834 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18835 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18836 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18837 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18838 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18839 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18840 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18841 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18842 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18843 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18844 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18845 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18846 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18847 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18848
18849 \(fn)" t nil)
18850
18851 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18852 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18853
18854 \(fn)" t nil)
18855
18856 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18857 Display a list of all coding systems.
18858 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18859
18860 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18861 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18862
18863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18864
18865 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18866 Display a list of all coding categories.
18867
18868 \(fn)" nil nil)
18869
18870 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18871 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18872 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18873
18874 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18875
18876 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18877 Display information about FONTSET.
18878 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18879
18880 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18881
18882 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18883 Display a list of all fontsets.
18884 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18885 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18886 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18887
18888 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18889
18890 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18891 Display information about all input methods.
18892
18893 \(fn)" t nil)
18894
18895 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18896 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18897
18898 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18899 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18900 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18901 system which uses fontsets).
18902
18903 \(fn)" t nil)
18904
18905 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18906 Show log of font listing and opening.
18907 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18908 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18909
18910 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18911
18912 ;;;***
18913 \f
18914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21670
18915 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18916 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18917
18918 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18919 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18920
18921 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18922 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18923
18924 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18925 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18926
18927 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18928
18929 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18930 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18931 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18932 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18933 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18934 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18935 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18936
18937 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18938 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18939 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18940 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18941 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18942 middle of a character in STR.
18943
18944 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18945 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18946
18947 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18948 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18949 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18950 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18951 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18952
18953 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18954
18955 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18956 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18957
18958 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18959 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18960 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18961
18962 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18963 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18964 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18965
18966 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18967 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18968 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18969 are considered.
18970 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18971 longer than KEYSEQ.
18972 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18973
18974 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18975
18976 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18977 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18978 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18979 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18980 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18981 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18982 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18983 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18984 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18985 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18986 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18987
18988 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18989
18990 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18991 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18992
18993 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18994
18995 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18996 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18997
18998 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18999
19000 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19001 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19002
19003 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19004
19005 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19006 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19007
19008 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19009
19010 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19011 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19012 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19013 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19014 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19015
19016 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19017 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19018
19019 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19020 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19021 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19022 coding systems ordered by priority.
19023
19024 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19025
19026 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19027
19028 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19029 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19030 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19031 language environment LANG-ENV.
19032
19033 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19034
19035 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19036 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19037 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19038 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19039 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19040 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19041
19042 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19043
19044 ;;;***
19045 \f
19046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21826 50071
19047 ;;;;;; 80489 638000))
19048 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19049
19050 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19051 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19052
19053 \(fn)" t nil)
19054
19055 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19056 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19057
19058 \(fn)" t nil)
19059
19060 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19061 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19062
19063 \(fn)" t nil)
19064
19065 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19066 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19067
19068 \(fn)" t nil)
19069
19070 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19071 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19072
19073 \(fn)" t nil)
19074
19075 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19076 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19077
19078 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19079
19080 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19081 Ping HOST.
19082 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19083 `ping-program-options'.
19084
19085 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19086
19087 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19088 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19089
19090 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19091
19092 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19093 Run nslookup program.
19094
19095 \(fn)" t nil)
19096
19097 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19098 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19099
19100 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19101
19102 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19103 Run dig program.
19104
19105 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19106
19107 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19108 Run ftp program.
19109
19110 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19111
19112 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19113 Finger USER on HOST.
19114
19115 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19116
19117 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19118 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19119 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19120 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19121
19122 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19123
19124 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19125
19126
19127 \(fn)" t nil)
19128
19129 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19130 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19131
19132 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19133
19134 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19135 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19136
19137 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19138
19139 ;;;***
19140 \f
19141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19142 ;;;;;; 720000))
19143 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19144
19145 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19146 Return a user name/password pair.
19147 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19148 listed in the PORTS list.
19149
19150 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19151
19152 ;;;***
19153 \f
19154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21855
19155 ;;;;;; 577 147947 107000))
19156 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19157
19158 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19159 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19160 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19161 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19162 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19163 closes it.
19164
19165 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19166 make it unique.
19167 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19168 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19169 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19170 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19171 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19172 a port number to connect to.
19173
19174 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19175 values:
19176
19177 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19178 nil or `network'
19179 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19180 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19181 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19182 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19183 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19184 an unencrypted connection.
19185 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19186 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19187 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19188 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19189 returned object is a killed process.
19190 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19191 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19192 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19193
19194 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19195 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19196 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19197 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19198 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19199 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19200 or nil if none could be found.
19201 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19202 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19203
19204 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19205
19206 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19207 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19208 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19209
19210 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19211 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19212 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19213
19214 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19215 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19216 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19217
19218 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19219 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19220 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19221 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19222
19223 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19224 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19225
19226 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19227 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19228 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19229 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19230 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19231 or STARTTLS connections.
19232
19233 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19234 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19235
19236 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19237 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19238
19239 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19240 a greeting from the server.
19241
19242 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19243 asynchronously, if possible.
19244
19245 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19246
19247 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19248
19249 ;;;***
19250 \f
19251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21670
19252 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19253 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19254
19255 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19256 Check whether newsticker is running.
19257 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19258 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19259
19260 \(fn)" nil nil)
19261
19262 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19263 Start the newsticker.
19264 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19265 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19266 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19267 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19268
19269 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19270
19271 ;;;***
19272 \f
19273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19274 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19275 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19276
19277 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19278 Start newsticker plainview.
19279
19280 \(fn)" t nil)
19281
19282 ;;;***
19283 \f
19284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21670
19285 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19286 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19287
19288 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19289 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19290
19291 \(fn)" t nil)
19292
19293 ;;;***
19294 \f
19295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21670
19296 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19297 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19298
19299 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19300 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19301 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19302 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19303 empty.
19304
19305 \(fn)" nil nil)
19306
19307 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19308 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19309 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19310 running already.
19311
19312 \(fn)" t nil)
19313
19314 ;;;***
19315 \f
19316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21670
19317 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19319
19320 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19321 Start newsticker treeview.
19322
19323 \(fn)" t nil)
19324
19325 ;;;***
19326 \f
19327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21670 32331 385639
19328 ;;;;;; 720000))
19329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19330
19331 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19332 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19333
19334 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19335
19336 ;;;***
19337 \f
19338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21855 576 927958 586000))
19339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19340
19341 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19342 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19343 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19344 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19345 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19346 symbol in the alist.
19347
19348 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19349
19350 ;;;***
19351 \f
19352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21670 32331
19353 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19355
19356 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19357 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19358 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19359
19360 \(fn)" t nil)
19361
19362 ;;;***
19363 \f
19364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19366
19367 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19368 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19369
19370 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19371
19372 ;;;***
19373 \f
19374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19375 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19376
19377 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19378
19379 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19380 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19381 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19382
19383 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19384
19385
19386 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19387
19388 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19389 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19390 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19391 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19392 to future sessions.
19393
19394 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19395
19396 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19397 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19398 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19399 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19400 future sessions.
19401
19402 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19403
19404 ;;;***
19405 \f
19406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21670
19407 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
19408 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19409
19410 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19411 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19412 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19413 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19414 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19415 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19416
19417 \(fn)" t nil)
19418
19419 ;;;***
19420 \f
19421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19422 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19423 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19424
19425 ;;;***
19426 \f
19427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21670 32331
19428 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19429 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19430
19431 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19432 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19433 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19434 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19435
19436 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19437
19438 ;;;***
19439 \f
19440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21670 32331
19441 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19442 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19443
19444 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19445 Major mode for editing XML.
19446
19447 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19448 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19449 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19450 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19451 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19452 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19453 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19454
19455 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19456
19457 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19458 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19459
19460 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19461 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19462 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19463 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19464 instead of C-c.
19465
19466 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19467 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19468 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19469 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19470 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19471 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19472
19473 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19474 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19475 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19476
19477 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19478 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19479 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19480
19481 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19482 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19483 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19484 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19485 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19486 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19487 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19488 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19489 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19490
19491 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19492
19493 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19494 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19495
19496 \(fn)" t nil)
19497 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19498
19499 ;;;***
19500 \f
19501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21670 32331
19502 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19503 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19504
19505 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19506 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19507 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19508 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19509
19510 \(fn)" t nil)
19511
19512 ;;;***
19513 \f
19514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21695 35516
19515 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
19516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19517
19518 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19519 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19520
19521 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19522 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19523 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19524 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19525
19526 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19527
19528 Key bindings:
19529 \\{octave-mode-map}
19530
19531 \(fn)" t nil)
19532
19533 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19534 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19535 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19536
19537 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19538
19539 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19540 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19541
19542 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19543 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19544 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19545
19546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19547
19548 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19549
19550 ;;;***
19551 \f
19552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21670 32331
19553 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19555
19556 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19557
19558 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19559 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19560 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19561 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19562 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19563
19564 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19565
19566 Customization:
19567
19568 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19569 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19570 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19571 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19572 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19573 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19574 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19575 Directories to search when finding external units.
19576 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19577 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19578
19579 Coloring:
19580
19581 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19582 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19583
19584 \(fn)" t nil)
19585
19586 ;;;***
19587 \f
19588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21866 57262 677944 752000))
19589 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19590
19591 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19592 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19593
19594 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19595
19596 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19597 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19598 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19599 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19600 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19601 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19602
19603 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19604
19605 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19606 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19607 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19608 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19609 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19610
19611 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19612
19613 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19614 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19615
19616 \(fn)" nil nil)
19617
19618 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19619 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19620
19621 \(fn)" nil nil)
19622
19623 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19624 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19625 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19626
19627 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19628 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19629 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19630 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19631 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19632 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19633 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19634 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19635 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19636 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19637
19638 The following commands are available:
19639
19640 \\{org-mode-map}
19641
19642 \(fn)" t nil)
19643
19644 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19645 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19646
19647 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19648 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19649 in special contexts.
19650
19651 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19652 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19653 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19654 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19655 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19656 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19657 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19658 properties in the buffer.
19659 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19660 including any drawers.
19661
19662 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19663
19664 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19665 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19666 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19667 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19668 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19669 and zoom in further.
19670 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19671 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19672
19673 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19674 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19675 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19676 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19677 times right after creating a new headline.
19678
19679 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19680 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19681 is negative, go up that many levels.
19682
19683 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19684 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19685 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19686
19687 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19688 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19689 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19690 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19691
19692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19693
19694 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19695 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19696 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19697 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19698
19699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19700 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19701
19702 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19703 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19704 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19705 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19706 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19707 defined by Org-mode).
19708
19709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19710
19711 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19712 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19713
19714 \(fn)" nil nil)
19715
19716 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19717 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19718
19719 \(fn)" nil nil)
19720
19721 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19722 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19723 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19724 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19725 call CMD.
19726
19727 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19728
19729 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19730 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19731 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19732 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19733
19734 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19735 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19736 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19737
19738 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19739 part of Org's core.
19740
19741 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19742 active region.
19743
19744 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19745
19746 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19747 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19748 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19749
19750 \(fn)" t nil)
19751
19752 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19753 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19754 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19755 Org-mode syntax.
19756
19757 \(fn)" t nil)
19758
19759 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19760 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19761
19762 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19763
19764 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19765 Switch between Org buffers.
19766 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19767 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19768
19769 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19770 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19771
19772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19773
19774 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19775
19776 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19777
19778 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19779 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19780 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19781 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19782
19783 \(fn)" t nil)
19784
19785 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19786 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19787
19788 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19789
19790 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19791 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19792 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19793
19794 \(fn)" t nil)
19795
19796 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19797 Reload all org lisp files.
19798 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19799
19800 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19801
19802 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19803 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19804
19805 \(fn)" t nil)
19806
19807 ;;;***
19808 \f
19809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21862 60209
19810 ;;;;;; 818658 502000))
19811 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19812
19813 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19814 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19815
19816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19817
19818 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19819 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19820 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19821 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19822
19823 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19824 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19825 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19826 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19827 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19828 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19829 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19830 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19831 e Export views to associated files.
19832 s Search entries for keywords.
19833 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19834 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19835 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19836 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19837 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19838 > Remove a previous restriction.
19839 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19840 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19841 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19842
19843 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19844 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19845 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19846
19847 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19848 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19849 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19850 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19851 \(if active).
19852
19853 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19854
19855 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19856 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19857 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19858 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19859 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19860 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19861 before running the agenda command.
19862
19863 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19864
19865 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19866 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19867 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19868 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19869 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19870 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19871 before running the agenda command.
19872
19873 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19874 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19875
19876 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19877
19878 category The category of the item
19879 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19880 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19881 todo selected in TODO match
19882 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19883 diary imported from diary
19884 deadline a deadline on given date
19885 scheduled scheduled on given date
19886 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19887 closed entry was closed on given date
19888 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19889 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19890 block entry has date block including g. date
19891 todo The todo keyword, if any
19892 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19893 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19894 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19895 extra Sting with extra planning info
19896 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19897 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19898 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19899
19900 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19901
19902 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19903 Store agenda views.
19904
19905 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19906
19907 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19908 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19909
19910 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19911
19912 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19913 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19914 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19915 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19916
19917 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19918 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19919 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19920
19921 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19922 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19923
19924 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19925 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19926
19927 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19928
19929 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19930 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19931
19932 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19933 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19934 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19935 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19936 EDIT-AT.
19937
19938 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19939 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19940 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19941 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19942 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19943 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19944
19945 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19946 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19947 including newlines.
19948
19949 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19950 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19951 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19952 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19953 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19954 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19955 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19956
19957 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19958 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19959 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19960 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19961
19962 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19963 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19964 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19965 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19966 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19967 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19968 Boolean search must match as full words.
19969
19970 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19971 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19972
19973 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19974
19975 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19976 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19977 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19978 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19979 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19980 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19981
19982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19983
19984 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19985 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19986 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19987
19988 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19989
19990 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19991 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19992 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19993 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19994 `org-stuck-projects'.
19995
19996 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19997
19998 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19999 Return diary information from org files.
20000 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20001 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20002 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20003 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20004 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20005
20006 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20007
20008 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20009
20010 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20011 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20012
20013 &%%(org-diary)
20014
20015 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20016 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20017 So the example above may also be written as
20018
20019 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20020
20021 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20022 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20023 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20024
20025 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20026
20027 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20028 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20029
20030 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20031
20032 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20033 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20034 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
20035 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
20036 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20037
20038 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20039
20040 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20041 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20042 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20043
20044 \(fn)" t nil)
20045
20046 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20047 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20048 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20049 appointments.
20050
20051 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20052 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20053
20054 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20055 for filtering entries out.
20056
20057 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20058 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20059 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20060
20061 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20062 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20063
20064 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20065 (category \"Work\"))
20066
20067 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20068 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20069
20070 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20071 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20072 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20073 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20074 details and examples.
20075
20076 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20077 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20078
20079 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20080
20081 ;;;***
20082 \f
20083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21855 577
20084 ;;;;;; 287944 835000))
20085 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20086
20087 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20088 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20089
20090 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20091
20092 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20093 Capture something.
20094 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20095 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20096 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20097 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20098 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20099 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20100
20101 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20102 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20103 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20104 stored.
20105
20106 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20107
20108 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20109 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20110 will be bypassed.
20111
20112 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20113 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20114 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20115 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20116
20117 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20118
20119 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20120 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20121
20122 \(fn)" t nil)
20123
20124 ;;;***
20125 \f
20126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21670 32331
20127 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20128 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20129
20130 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20131 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20132
20133 \(fn)" t nil)
20134
20135 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20136
20137
20138 \(fn)" nil nil)
20139
20140 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20141 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20142 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20143
20144 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20145
20146 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20147 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20148
20149 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20150
20151 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20152 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20153
20154 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20155
20156 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20157 Write the column view table.
20158 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20159
20160 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20161 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20162 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20163 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20164 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20165 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20166 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20167 using `org-id-find'.
20168 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20169 a hline before each level <= that number.
20170 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20171 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20172 :skip-empty-rows
20173 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20174 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20175
20176 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20177
20178 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20179 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20180
20181 \(fn)" t nil)
20182
20183 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20184 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20185
20186 \(fn)" t nil)
20187
20188 ;;;***
20189 \f
20190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21852 24381
20191 ;;;;;; 787238 943000))
20192 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20193
20194 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20195 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20196
20197 \(fn)" nil t)
20198
20199 ;;;***
20200 \f
20201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21855 577 287944
20202 ;;;;;; 835000))
20203 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20204
20205 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20206 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20207
20208 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20209
20210 ;;;***
20211 \f
20212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20213 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20214 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20215
20216 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20217 The release version of org-mode.
20218 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20219
20220 \(fn)" nil nil)
20221
20222 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20223 The Git version of org-mode.
20224 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20225
20226 \(fn)" nil nil)
20227
20228 ;;;***
20229 \f
20230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21720 38720 956749
20231 ;;;;;; 443000))
20232 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20233 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20234 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20235
20236 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20237 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20238 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20239 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20240
20241 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20242 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20243 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20244 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20245
20246 \\{outline-mode-map}
20247 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20248 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20249 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20250 are used when point is on a heading line.
20251
20252 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20253 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20254 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20255
20256 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20257 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20258
20259 \(fn)" t nil)
20260
20261 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20262 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20263 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20264 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20265 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20266
20267 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20268
20269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20270 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20271
20272 ;;;***
20273 \f
20274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21865 36399
20275 ;;;;;; 18126 278000))
20276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20277 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20278
20279 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20280 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20281 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20282 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20283 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20284
20285 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20286 activate the package system at any time.")
20287
20288 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20289
20290 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20291 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20292 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20293 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20294 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20295 it to the file.
20296
20297 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20298
20299 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20300 Import keys from FILE.
20301
20302 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20303
20304 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20305 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20306 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20307 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20308 and make them available for download.
20309 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20310 downloads in the background.
20311
20312 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20313
20314 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20315 Install the package PKG.
20316 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20317 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20318
20319 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20320 `package-selected-packages'.
20321
20322 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20323 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20324
20325 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20326
20327 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20328 Install a package from the current buffer.
20329 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20330 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20331 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20332
20333 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20334 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20335 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20336
20337 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20338
20339 \(fn)" t nil)
20340
20341 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20342 Install a package from a file.
20343 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20344
20345 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20346
20347 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20348 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20349 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20350
20351 \(fn)" t nil)
20352
20353 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20354 Reinstall package PKG.
20355 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20356 object.
20357
20358 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20359
20360 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20361 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20362
20363 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20364 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20365 will be deleted.
20366
20367 \(fn)" t nil)
20368
20369 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20370 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20371
20372 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20373
20374 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20375 Display a list of packages.
20376 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20377 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20378 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20379
20380 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20381
20382 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20383
20384 ;;;***
20385 \f
20386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20387 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20388
20389 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20390 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20391 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20392 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20393 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20394 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20395
20396 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20397
20398 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20399 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20400 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20401 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20402 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20403
20404 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20405 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20406 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20407
20408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20409
20410 ;;;***
20411 \f
20412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21670
20413 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
20414 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20415 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20416
20417 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20418 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20419 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20420 unknown are returned as nil.
20421
20422 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20423
20424 ;;;***
20425 \f
20426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21670 32331
20427 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20429
20430 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20431 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20432 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20433
20434 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20435 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20436
20437 Other useful functions are:
20438
20439 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20440 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20441 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20442 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20443 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20444 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20445 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20446 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20447 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20448
20449 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20450
20451 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20452 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20453 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20454 Indentation for case statements.
20455 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20456 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20457 mark after an end.
20458 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20459 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20460 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20461 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20462 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20463 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20464 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20465 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20466 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20467 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20468
20469 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20470 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20471
20472 \(fn)" t nil)
20473
20474 ;;;***
20475 \f
20476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21670
20477 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20478 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20479
20480 (defvar password-cache t "\
20481 Whether to cache passwords.")
20482
20483 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20484
20485 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20486 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20487 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20488
20489 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20490
20491 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20492 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20493
20494 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20495
20496 ;;;***
20497 \f
20498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21862 60209
20499 ;;;;;; 658658 512000))
20500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20501
20502 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20503 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20504 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20505
20506 Patterns can take the following forms:
20507 _ matches anything.
20508 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20509 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20510 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20511 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20512 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20513 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20514 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20515 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20516 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20517 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20518 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20519
20520 FUN can take the form
20521 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20522 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20523 which is the value being matched.
20524 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20525 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20526 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20527 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20528 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20529 like \\=`(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20530 \\=`(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20531
20532 Additional patterns can be defined via `pcase-defmacro'.
20533 Currently, the following patterns are provided this way:
20534
20535 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20536
20537 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20538
20539 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20540 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20541
20542 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20543
20544 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20545
20546 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20547 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20548 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20549 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20550 variable name being but a special case of it).
20551
20552 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20553
20554 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20555
20556 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20557
20558 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20559 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20560 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20561 of the form (PAT EXP).
20562
20563 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20564
20565 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20566
20567 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20568 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20569 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20570 of the form (PAT EXP).
20571 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20572 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20573 any kind of error.
20574
20575 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20576
20577 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20578
20579 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20580
20581
20582 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20583
20584 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20585
20586 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20587 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20588 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20589 to this macro.
20590
20591 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20592
20593 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20594
20595 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20596
20597 ;;;***
20598 \f
20599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21857 42300 397266
20600 ;;;;;; 599000))
20601 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20602
20603 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20604 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20605
20606 \(fn)" nil nil)
20607
20608 ;;;***
20609 \f
20610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21670 32331 385639
20611 ;;;;;; 720000))
20612 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20613
20614 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20615 Completion for `gzip'.
20616
20617 \(fn)" nil nil)
20618
20619 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20620 Completion for `bzip2'.
20621
20622 \(fn)" nil nil)
20623
20624 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20625 Completion for GNU `make'.
20626
20627 \(fn)" nil nil)
20628
20629 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20630 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20631
20632 \(fn)" nil nil)
20633
20634 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20635
20636 ;;;***
20637 \f
20638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21670 32331
20639 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20640 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20641
20642 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20643 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20644
20645 \(fn)" nil nil)
20646
20647 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20648 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20649
20650 \(fn)" nil nil)
20651
20652 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20653 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20654
20655 \(fn)" nil nil)
20656
20657 ;;;***
20658 \f
20659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21670 32331 385639
20660 ;;;;;; 720000))
20661 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20662
20663 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20664 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20665
20666 \(fn)" nil nil)
20667
20668 ;;;***
20669 \f
20670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21791 47660 796747
20671 ;;;;;; 422000))
20672 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20673
20674 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20675 Completion for `cd'.
20676
20677 \(fn)" nil nil)
20678
20679 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20680
20681 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20682 Completion for `rmdir'.
20683
20684 \(fn)" nil nil)
20685
20686 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20687 Completion for `rm'.
20688
20689 \(fn)" nil nil)
20690
20691 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20692 Completion for `xargs'.
20693
20694 \(fn)" nil nil)
20695
20696 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20697
20698 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20699 Completion for `which'.
20700
20701 \(fn)" nil nil)
20702
20703 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20704 Completion for the `chown' command.
20705
20706 \(fn)" nil nil)
20707
20708 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20709 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20710
20711 \(fn)" nil nil)
20712
20713 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20714 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20715
20716 \(fn)" nil nil)
20717
20718 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20719 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20720 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20721
20722 \(fn)" nil nil)
20723
20724 ;;;***
20725 \f
20726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21670 32331 385639
20727 ;;;;;; 720000))
20728 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20729
20730 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20731 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20732
20733 \(fn)" nil nil)
20734
20735 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20736 Completion for the `ack' command.
20737 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20738 long options.
20739
20740 \(fn)" nil nil)
20741
20742 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20743
20744 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20745 Completion for the `ag' command.
20746
20747 \(fn)" nil nil)
20748
20749 ;;;***
20750 \f
20751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21688 62278 418203
20752 ;;;;;; 119000))
20753 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20754
20755 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20756 Support extensible programmable completion.
20757 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20758 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20759
20760 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20761
20762 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20763 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20764
20765 \(fn)" t nil)
20766
20767 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20768 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20769 This will modify the current buffer.
20770
20771 \(fn)" t nil)
20772
20773 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20774 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20775
20776 \(fn)" t nil)
20777
20778 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20779 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20780 This will modify the current buffer.
20781
20782 \(fn)" t nil)
20783
20784 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20785 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20786
20787 \(fn)" t nil)
20788
20789 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20790 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20791
20792 \(fn)" t nil)
20793
20794 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20795 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20796 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20797 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20798 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20799
20800 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20801
20802 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20803 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20804
20805 \(fn)" nil nil)
20806
20807 ;;;***
20808 \f
20809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
20810 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20811
20812 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20813 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20814 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20815 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20816
20817 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20818
20819 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20820
20821 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20822 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20823 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20824 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20825 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20826 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20827 FLAGS is ignored.
20828
20829 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20830
20831 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20832 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20833 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20834 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20835 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20836 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20837 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20838 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20839
20840 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20841
20842 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20843 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20844 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20845 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20846 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20847 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20848 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20849 passed to cvs.
20850
20851 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20852
20853 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20854 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20855 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20856 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20857 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20858 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20859 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20860
20861 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20862
20863 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20864 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20865 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20866
20867 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20868
20869 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20870 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20871 A value of nil means never do it.
20872 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20873 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20874 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20875
20876 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20877
20878 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20879 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20880 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20881
20882 ;;;***
20883 \f
20884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21670 32331
20885 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20886 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20887
20888 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20889 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20890
20891 ;;;***
20892 \f
20893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21670
20894 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20896 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20897 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20898 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20899 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20900 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20901 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20902
20903 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20904 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20905 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20906 Tab indents for Perl code.
20907 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20908 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20909 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20910 \\{perl-mode-map}
20911 Variables controlling indentation style:
20912 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20913 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20914 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20915 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20916 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20917 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20918 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20919 `perl-nochange'
20920 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20921 `perl-indent-level'
20922 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20923 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20924 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20925 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20926 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20927 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20928 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20929 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20930 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20931 `perl-brace-offset'
20932 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20933 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20934 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20935 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20936 `perl-label-offset'
20937 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20938 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20939 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20940
20941 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20942 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20943 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20944 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20945 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20946 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20947 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20948
20949 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20950
20951 \(fn)" t nil)
20952
20953 ;;;***
20954 \f
20955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21670 32331
20956 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20957 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20958
20959 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20960 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20961 \\<picture-mode-map>
20962 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20963 afterwards settable by these commands:
20964
20965 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20966 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20967 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20968 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20969
20970 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20971 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20972 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20973 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20974
20975 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20976 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20977 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20978 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20979
20980 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20981 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20982 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20983 with these commands:
20984
20985 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20986 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20987 Move to column following last
20988 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20989 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20990 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20991 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20992 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20993 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20994
20995 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20996
20997 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20998 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20999 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21000 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21001 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21002 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21003
21004 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21005 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21006 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21007 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21008 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21009 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21010 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21011
21012 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21013 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21014 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21015 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21016 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21017 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21018 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21019 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21020
21021 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21022 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21023 by supplying an argument.
21024
21025 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21026
21027 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21028 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21029
21030 \(fn)" t nil)
21031
21032 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21033
21034 ;;;***
21035 \f
21036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21786 29744 368212
21037 ;;;;;; 633000))
21038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21039
21040 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21041 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21042
21043 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21044
21045 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21046 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21047
21048 \(fn)" t nil)
21049
21050 ;;;***
21051 \f
21052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21670 32331 885635
21053 ;;;;;; 586000))
21054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21055
21056 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21057 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21058 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21059
21060 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21061
21062 ;;;***
21063 \f
21064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21065 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21066
21067 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21068 Play pong and waste time.
21069 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21070 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21071
21072 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21073
21074 \\{pong-mode-map}
21075
21076 \(fn)" t nil)
21077
21078 ;;;***
21079 \f
21080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21081 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21082
21083 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21084 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21085 Use streaming commands.
21086
21087 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21088
21089 ;;;***
21090 \f
21091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21670 32330 885624
21092 ;;;;;; 725000))
21093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21094
21095 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21096 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21097 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21098 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21099
21100 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21101
21102 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21103 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21104
21105 \(fn)" nil nil)
21106
21107 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21108 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21109 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21110 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21111 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21112
21113 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21114
21115 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21116 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21117 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21118
21119 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21120
21121 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21122 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21123
21124 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21125
21126 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21127 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21128 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21129 Ignores leading comment characters.
21130
21131 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21132
21133 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21134 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21135 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21136 Ignores leading comment characters.
21137
21138 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21139
21140 ;;;***
21141 \f
21142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21670 32331 385639
21143 ;;;;;; 720000))
21144 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21145 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21146
21147 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21148 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21149
21150 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21151
21152 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21153
21154 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21155
21156 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21157 Preview directory using ghostview.
21158
21159 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21160 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21161 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21162 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21163
21164 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21165 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21166 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21167 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21168 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21169 file name.
21170
21171 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21172
21173 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21174
21175 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21176 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21177
21178 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21179 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21180 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21181 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21182
21183 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21184 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21185 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21186 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21187 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21188 file name.
21189
21190 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21191
21192 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21193
21194 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21195 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21196
21197 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21198 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21199 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21200 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21201
21202 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21203 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21204 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21205 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21206 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21207 file name.
21208
21209 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21210
21211 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21212
21213 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21214 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21215
21216 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21217
21218 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21219 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21220 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21221 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21222
21223 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21224 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21225 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21226 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21227 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21228 file name.
21229
21230 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21231
21232 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21233
21234 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21235 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21236
21237 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21238 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21239 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21240
21241 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21242 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21243 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21244 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21245
21246 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21247
21248 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21249 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21250
21251 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21252 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21253 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21254
21255 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21256 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21257 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21258 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21259
21260 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21261
21262 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21263 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21264
21265 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21266 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21267 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21268
21269 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21270 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21271 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21272 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21273
21274 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21275
21276 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21277 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21278
21279 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21280
21281 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21282 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21283 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21284
21285 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21286 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21287 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21288 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21289
21290 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21291
21292 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21293 Preview region using ghostview.
21294
21295 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21296
21297 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21298
21299 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21300 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21301
21302 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21303
21304 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21305
21306 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21307 Print region using PostScript printer.
21308
21309 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21310
21311 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21312
21313 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21314 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21315
21316 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21317
21318 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21319
21320 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21321 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21322
21323 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21324
21325 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21326
21327 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21328 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21329
21330 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21331
21332 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21333
21334 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21335 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21336
21337 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21338
21339 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21340
21341 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21342 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21343
21344 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21345
21346 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21347
21348 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21349 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21350 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21351 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21352
21353 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21354 matching.
21355
21356 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21357 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21358
21359 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21360
21361 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21362
21363 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21364 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21365 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21366 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21367
21368 \(fn)" t nil)
21369
21370 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21371 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21372 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21373 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21374
21375 \(fn)" t nil)
21376
21377 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21378 Print directory using text printer.
21379
21380 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21381 matching.
21382
21383 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21384 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21385
21386 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21387
21388 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21389
21390 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21391 Print buffer using text printer.
21392
21393 \(fn)" t nil)
21394
21395 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21396 Print region using text printer.
21397
21398 \(fn)" t nil)
21399
21400 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21401 Print major mode using text printer.
21402
21403 \(fn)" t nil)
21404
21405 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21406 Preview spooled PostScript.
21407
21408 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21409 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21410 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21411
21412 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21413 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21414 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21415
21416 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21417
21418 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21419 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21420
21421 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21422 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21423 instead of sending it to the printer.
21424
21425 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21426 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21427 image in a file with that name.
21428
21429 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21430
21431 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21432 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21433
21434 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21435 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21436 instead of sending it to the printer.
21437
21438 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21439 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21440 image in a file with that name.
21441
21442 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21443
21444 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21445 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21446
21447 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21448 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21449 instead of sending it to the printer.
21450
21451 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21452 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21453 image in a file with that name.
21454
21455 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21456
21457 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21458 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21459
21460 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21461
21462 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21463 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21464
21465 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21466
21467 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21468 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21469
21470 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21471
21472 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21473 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21474
21475 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21476
21477 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21478 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21479
21480 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21481
21482 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21483 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21484
21485 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21486 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21487 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21488 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21489
21490 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21491 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21492 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21493 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21494 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21495 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21496 file name.
21497
21498 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21499
21500 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21501 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21502
21503 \(fn)" t nil)
21504
21505 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21506 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21507
21508 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21509 right.
21510 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21511 bottom.
21512
21513 \(fn)" t nil)
21514
21515 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21516 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21517
21518 \(fn)" t nil)
21519
21520 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21521 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21522
21523 \(fn)" t nil)
21524
21525 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21526 Toggle printing with faces.
21527
21528 \(fn)" t nil)
21529
21530 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21531 Toggle spooling.
21532
21533 \(fn)" t nil)
21534
21535 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21536 Toggle duplex.
21537
21538 \(fn)" t nil)
21539
21540 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21541 Toggle tumble.
21542
21543 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21544 right.
21545 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21546 bottom.
21547
21548 \(fn)" t nil)
21549
21550 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21551 Toggle landscape.
21552
21553 \(fn)" t nil)
21554
21555 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21556 Toggle upside-down.
21557
21558 \(fn)" t nil)
21559
21560 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21561 Toggle line number.
21562
21563 \(fn)" t nil)
21564
21565 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21566 Toggle zebra stripes.
21567
21568 \(fn)" t nil)
21569
21570 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21571 Toggle printing header.
21572
21573 \(fn)" t nil)
21574
21575 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21576 Toggle printing header frame.
21577
21578 \(fn)" t nil)
21579
21580 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21581 Toggle menu lock.
21582
21583 \(fn)" t nil)
21584
21585 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21586 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21587
21588 \(fn)" t nil)
21589
21590 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21591 Toggle auto mode.
21592
21593 \(fn)" t nil)
21594
21595 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21596 Customization of the `printing' group.
21597
21598 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21599
21600 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21601 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21602
21603 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21604
21605 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21606 Help for the printing package.
21607
21608 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21609
21610 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21611 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21612
21613 \(fn)" t nil)
21614
21615 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21616 Interactively select a text printer.
21617
21618 \(fn)" t nil)
21619
21620 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21621 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21622
21623 \(fn)" t nil)
21624
21625 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21626 Show current ps-print settings.
21627
21628 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21629
21630 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21631 Show current printing settings.
21632
21633 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21634
21635 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21636 Show current lpr settings.
21637
21638 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21639
21640 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21641 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21642
21643 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21644 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21645 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21646 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21647
21648
21649 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21650
21651 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21652 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21653 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21654
21655 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21656 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21657 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21658 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21659 current active printer.
21660
21661 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21662 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21663 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21664 printer.
21665
21666 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21667 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21668 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21669 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21670 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21671
21672
21673 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21674 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21675
21676 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21677
21678 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21679 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21680 be done using the new current active printer.
21681
21682 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21683 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21684 printer.
21685
21686 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21687 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21688 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21689 instead of sending it to the printer.
21690
21691 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21692 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21693 printer.
21694
21695 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21696
21697
21698 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21699 are both set to t.
21700
21701 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21702
21703 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21704 Fast fire function for text printing.
21705
21706 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21707 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21708 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21709 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21710
21711 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21712 user for a new active text printer.
21713
21714 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21715
21716 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21717
21718 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21719 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21720 printer.
21721
21722 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21723
21724 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21725 are both set to t.
21726
21727 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21728
21729 ;;;***
21730 \f
21731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21732 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21733
21734 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21735 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21736 \\<proced-mode-map>
21737 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21738 the process information.
21739
21740 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21741
21742 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21743 Proced buffers.
21744
21745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21746
21747 ;;;***
21748 \f
21749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21670 32331 385639
21750 ;;;;;; 720000))
21751 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21752
21753 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21754 Start/restart profilers.
21755 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21756 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21757 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21758
21759 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21760
21761 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21762 Open profile FILENAME.
21763
21764 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21765
21766 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21767 Open profile FILENAME.
21768
21769 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21770
21771 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21772 Open profile FILENAME.
21773
21774 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21775
21776 ;;;***
21777 \f
21778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21670 32331
21779 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21780 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21781
21782 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21783 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21784
21785 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21786 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21787
21788 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21789
21790 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21791 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21792
21793 Commands:
21794 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21795
21796 \(fn)" t nil)
21797
21798 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21799 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21800 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21801
21802 \(fn)" t nil)
21803
21804 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21805 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21806 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21807
21808 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21809
21810 ;;;***
21811 \f
21812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
21813 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21814
21815 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21816 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21817 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21818
21819 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21820
21821 ;;;***
21822 \f
21823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21670 32331
21824 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21825 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21826 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21827
21828 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21829 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21830
21831 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21832
21833 The following variables hold user options, and can
21834 be set through the `customize' command:
21835
21836 `ps-mode-tab'
21837 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21838 `ps-mode-print-function'
21839 `ps-run-prompt'
21840 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21841 `ps-run-x'
21842 `ps-run-dumb'
21843 `ps-run-init'
21844 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21845 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21846
21847 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21848
21849
21850 \\{ps-mode-map}
21851
21852
21853 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21854 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21855 The keymap for this second window is:
21856
21857 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21858
21859
21860 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21861 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21862 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21863 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21864 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21865
21866 \(fn)" t nil)
21867
21868 ;;;***
21869 \f
21870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21855 577 457945
21871 ;;;;;; 244000))
21872 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21873 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21874
21875 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21876 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21877 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21878
21879 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21880
21881 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21882 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21883 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21884 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21885
21886 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21887
21888 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21889 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21890
21891 Valid values are:
21892
21893 nil Do not print colors.
21894
21895 t Print colors.
21896
21897 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21898 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21899
21900 Any other value is treated as t.")
21901
21902 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21903
21904 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21905 Customization of ps-print group.
21906
21907 \(fn)" t nil)
21908
21909 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21910 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21911
21912 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21913 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21914 sending it to the printer.
21915
21916 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21917 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21918 image in a file with that name.
21919
21920 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21921
21922 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21923 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21924 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21925 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21926 so it has a way to determine color values.
21927
21928 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21929
21930 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21931 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21932 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21933
21934 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21935
21936 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21937 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21938 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21939 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21940 so it has a way to determine color values.
21941
21942 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21943
21944 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21945 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21946 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21947 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21948
21949 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21950
21951 \(fn)" t nil)
21952
21953 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21954 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21955 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21956 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21957 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21958
21959 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21960
21961 \(fn)" t nil)
21962
21963 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21964 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21965 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21966
21967 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21968
21969 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21970
21971 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21972 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21973 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21974 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21975 so it has a way to determine color values.
21976
21977 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21978
21979 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21980
21981 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21982 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21983
21984 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21985 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21986 instead of sending it to the printer.
21987
21988 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21989 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21990 image in a file with that name.
21991
21992 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21993
21994 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21995 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21996 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21997 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21998 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21999
22000 \(fn)" t nil)
22001
22002 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22003 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22004 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22005
22006 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22007
22008 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22009 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22010 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22011
22012 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22013
22014 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22015 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22016
22017 \(fn)" nil nil)
22018
22019 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22020 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22021
22022 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22023 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22024
22025 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22026 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22027
22028 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22029
22030 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22031
22032 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22033
22034 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22035 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22036
22037 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22038 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22039
22040 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22041 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22042
22043 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22044
22045 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22046
22047 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22048
22049 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22050 foreground and background colors respectively.
22051
22052 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22053 bold - use bold font.
22054 italic - use italic font.
22055 underline - put a line under text.
22056 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22057 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22058 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22059 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22060 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22061
22062 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22063
22064 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22065
22066 ;;;***
22067 \f
22068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21834 32653 960520
22069 ;;;;;; 248000))
22070 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22071 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22072
22073 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22074 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22075 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22076
22077 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22078
22079 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22080 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22081 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22082
22083 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22084
22085 ;;;***
22086 \f
22087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21855 577 407510
22088 ;;;;;; 166000))
22089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22090 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22091
22092 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22093
22094 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22095
22096 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22097 Run an inferior Python process.
22098
22099 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22100 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22101 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22102 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22103 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22104
22105 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22106 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22107 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22108 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22109
22110 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22111 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22112 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22113
22114 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22115
22116 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22117 Major mode for editing Python files.
22118
22119 \\{python-mode-map}
22120
22121 \(fn)" t nil)
22122
22123 ;;;***
22124 \f
22125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22127
22128 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22129 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22130 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22131 coding-system.
22132
22133 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22134 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22135
22136 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22137 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22138 them into characters should be done separately.
22139
22140 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22141
22142 ;;;***
22143 \f
22144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21829 62890
22145 ;;;;;; 321199 861000))
22146 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22147
22148 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22149 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22150
22151 \(fn)" nil nil)
22152
22153 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22154 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22155 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22156
22157 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22158 `quail-activate', which see.
22159
22160 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22161
22162 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22163 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22164 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22165 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22166 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22167 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22168 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22169
22170 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22171 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22172 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22173 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22174 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22175 shown.
22176 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22177
22178 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22179 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22180 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22181 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22182 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22183 list of candidates.
22184
22185 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22186 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22187 command to be called.
22188
22189 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22190 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22191 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22192 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22193
22194 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22195 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22196 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22197 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22198 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22199 to t.
22200
22201 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22202 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22203 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22204 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22205
22206 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22207 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22208 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22209 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22210 defines no translations for single character keys.
22211
22212 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22213 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22214 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22215 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22216 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22217 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22218
22219 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22220 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22221 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22222 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22223 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22224 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22225
22226 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22227 covers Quail translation region.
22228
22229 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22230 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22231 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22232 for it) is inserted.
22233
22234 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22235 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22236 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22237
22238 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22239 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22240 non-Quail commands.
22241
22242 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22243
22244 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22245 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22246
22247 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22248 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22249 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22250 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22251 you type is correctly handled.
22252
22253 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22254
22255 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22256 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22257
22258 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22259 keyboard type.
22260
22261 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22262
22263 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22264 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22265 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22266 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22267 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22268 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22269 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22270 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22271 for the translation.
22272 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22273
22274 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22275 it is used to handle KEY.
22276
22277 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22278 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22279 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22280 the following annotation types are supported.
22281
22282 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22283 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22284
22285 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22286 candidate list.
22287
22288 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22289 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22290 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22291 inserted.
22292
22293 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22294 generated for the following translations.
22295
22296 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22297
22298 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22299 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22300
22301 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22302 which to install MAP.
22303
22304 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22305
22306 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22307
22308 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22309 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22310
22311 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22312 which to install MAP.
22313
22314 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22315
22316 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22317
22318 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22319 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22320 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22321 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22322 a function, or a cons.
22323 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22324 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22325 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22326 for the translation.
22327 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22328 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22329 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22330 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22331 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22332
22333 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22334 it is used to handle KEY.
22335
22336 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22337 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22338 current Quail package.
22339
22340 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22341 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22342
22343 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22344
22345 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22346 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22347
22348 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22349 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22350
22351 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22352
22353 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22354 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22355
22356 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22357
22358 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22359 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22360 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22361 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22362 of the Emacs source tree.
22363
22364 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22365 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22366
22367 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22368 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22369 of each directory.
22370
22371 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22372
22373 ;;;***
22374 \f
22375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21770
22376 ;;;;;; 41522 196747 399000))
22377 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22378
22379 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22380 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22381 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22382 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22383
22384 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22385
22386 ;;;***
22387 \f
22388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22389 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22390 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22391
22392 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22393 Activate UCS input method.
22394 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22395
22396 While this input method is active, the variable
22397 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22398
22399 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22400
22401 ;;;***
22402 \f
22403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21670 32331 385639
22404 ;;;;;; 720000))
22405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22406
22407 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22408 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22409 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22410 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22411
22412 To make use of this do something like:
22413
22414 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22415
22416 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22417
22418 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22419 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22420
22421 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22422 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22423 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22424
22425 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22426
22427 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22428 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22429
22430 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22431
22432 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22433 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22434
22435 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22436 is decided.
22437
22438 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22439
22440 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22441 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22442
22443 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22444 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22445 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22446
22447 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22448
22449 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22450 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22451
22452 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22453
22454 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22455 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22456
22457 \(fn)" t nil)
22458
22459 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22460 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22461
22462 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22463
22464 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22465
22466 \(fn)" t nil)
22467
22468 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22469 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22470
22471 \(fn)" t nil)
22472
22473 ;;;***
22474 \f
22475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21855 577 167944 784000))
22476 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22477
22478 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22479 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22480
22481 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22482
22483 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22484
22485 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22486
22487 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22488
22489 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22490
22491
22492 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22493
22494 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22495 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22496 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22498 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22499 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22500
22501 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22502
22503 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22504 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22505 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22506 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22507 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22508
22509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22510
22511 ;;;***
22512 \f
22513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21670
22514 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22516
22517 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22518
22519 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22520 Construct a regexp interactively.
22521 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22522 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22523 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22524
22525 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22526 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22527
22528 \(fn)" t nil)
22529
22530 ;;;***
22531 \f
22532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21852 24381 997231
22533 ;;;;;; 450000))
22534 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22535
22536 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22537 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22538 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22541 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22542
22543 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22544
22545 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22546 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22548 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22549 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22550
22551 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22552 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22553 were operated on recently.
22554
22555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22556
22557 ;;;***
22558 \f
22559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21803 38823 44085 519000))
22560 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22561
22562 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22563 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22564 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22565 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22566 ends.
22567
22568 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22569 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22570 to be deleted.
22571
22572 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22573
22574 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22575 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22576 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22577
22578 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22579 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22580 deleted.
22581
22582 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22583
22584 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22585 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22586 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22587
22588 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22589
22590 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22591 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22592
22593 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22594 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22595
22596 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22597 deleted.
22598
22599 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22600 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22601 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22602 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22603 even beep.)
22604
22605 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22606
22607 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22608 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22609
22610 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22611
22612 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22613 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22614
22615 \(fn)" t nil)
22616
22617 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22618 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22619 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22620 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22621 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22622 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22623 and point is at the lower right corner.
22624
22625 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22626
22627 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22628 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22629
22630 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22631 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22632
22633 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22634 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22635 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22636
22637 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22638
22639 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22640
22641 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22642 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22643 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22644 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22645 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22646
22647 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22648 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22649
22650 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22651
22652 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22653 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22654 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22655
22656 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22657
22658 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22659
22660 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22661
22662 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22663 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22664
22665 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22666 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22667 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22668
22669 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22670
22671 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22672 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22673 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22674
22675 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22676 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22677 rectangle which were empty.
22678
22679 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22680
22681 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22682 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22683
22684 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22685 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22686 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22687 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22688
22689 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22690
22691 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22692 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22693 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22694
22695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22696
22697 ;;;***
22698 \f
22699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21670 32331
22700 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22701 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22702
22703 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22704 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22705 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22706 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22707 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22708
22709 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22710 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22711 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22712 auto-filling.
22713
22714 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22715
22716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22717
22718 ;;;***
22719 \f
22720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21833 60086
22721 ;;;;;; 84775 646000))
22722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22723 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22724 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22725 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22726 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22727
22728 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22729 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22730
22731 \(fn)" nil nil)
22732
22733 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22734 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22735
22736 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22737 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22738
22739 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22740 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22741 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22742 \\ref macro.
22743
22744 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22745 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22746 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22747
22748 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22749 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22750 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22751
22752 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22753 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22754
22755 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22756 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22757
22758 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22759 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22760 on the menu bar.
22761
22762 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22763
22764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22765
22766 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22767 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22768 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22769
22770 \(fn)" nil nil)
22771
22772 ;;;***
22773 \f
22774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21743
22775 ;;;;;; 190 195328 729000))
22776 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22777 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22778 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22779 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22780 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22781
22782 ;;;***
22783 \f
22784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21670
22785 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22787
22788 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22789 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22790 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22791 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22792 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22793 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22794
22795 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22796 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22797
22798 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22799 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22800 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22801 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22802
22803 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22804
22805 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22806 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22807 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22808 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22809
22810 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22811
22812 ;;;***
22813 \f
22814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21670 32330 885624
22815 ;;;;;; 725000))
22816 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22817 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22818
22819 ;;;***
22820 \f
22821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21670 32331
22822 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22823 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22824 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22825
22826 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22827 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22828 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22829 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22830
22831 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22832
22833 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22834
22835 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22836 Call `remember' in another frame.
22837
22838 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22839
22840 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22841 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22842 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22843
22844 \(fn)" t nil)
22845
22846 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22847 Extract diary entries from the region.
22848
22849 \(fn)" nil nil)
22850
22851 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22852 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22853 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22854 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22855
22856 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22857
22858 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22859 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22860 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22861 minor mode.
22862
22863 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22864
22865 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22866 Return the buffer.
22867
22868 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22869 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22870 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22871
22872 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22873
22874 ;;;***
22875 \f
22876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22877 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22878 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22879
22880 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22881 Repeat most recently executed command.
22882 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22883 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22884 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22885
22886 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22887 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22888 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22889 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22890
22891 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22892 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22893 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22894
22895 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22896
22897 ;;;***
22898 \f
22899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21670 32331
22900 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
22901 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22902
22903 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22904 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22905
22906 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22907 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22908 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22909 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22910 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22911 and point is left after the salutation.
22912
22913 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22914 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22915 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22916 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22917 left after that text.
22918
22919 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22920 is non-nil.
22921
22922 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22923 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22924 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22925 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22926
22927 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22928
22929 ;;;***
22930 \f
22931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21670 32331 885635
22932 ;;;;;; 586000))
22933 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22934
22935 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22936 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22937 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22938 visibility of comments that precede it.
22939 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22940 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22941 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22942 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22943 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22944 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22945 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22946 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22947 the comment lines.
22948 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22949 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22950 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22951 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22952 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22953
22954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22955
22956 ;;;***
22957 \f
22958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22959 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22960
22961 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22962 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22963 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22964 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22965 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22966
22967 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22968 reveals invisible text around point.
22969
22970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22971
22972 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22973 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22974 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22975 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22976 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22977 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22978
22979 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22980
22981 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22982 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22983 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22984
22985 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22986 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22987 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22988
22989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22990
22991 ;;;***
22992 \f
22993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
22994 ;;;;;; 725000))
22995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22996
22997 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22998 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22999
23000 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23001
23002 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23003 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23004
23005 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23006
23007 ;;;***
23008 \f
23009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21852 24381 727234
23010 ;;;;;; 912000))
23011 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23012
23013 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23014 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23015 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23016 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23017
23018 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23019
23020 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23021 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23022 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23023 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23024
23025 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23026 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23027
23028 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23029 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23030
23031 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23032 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23033 INPUT-ARGS.
23034
23035 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23036 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23037 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23038 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23039 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23040
23041 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23042 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23043 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23044 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23045
23046 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23047 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23048 variable.
23049
23050 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23051
23052 ;;;***
23053 \f
23054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21862 60482 540812
23055 ;;;;;; 493000))
23056 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23057
23058 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23059 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23060
23061 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23062
23063 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23064
23065 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23066 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23067 Its name should end with a slash.")
23068
23069 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23070 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23071
23072 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23073 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23074 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23075
23076 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23077
23078 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23079 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23080 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23081 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23082 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23083 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23084 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23085
23086 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23087 sent by you under different user names.
23088 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23089
23090 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23091
23092 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23093
23094 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23095
23096 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23097 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23098 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23099 explicitly.")
23100
23101 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23102
23103 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23104 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23105 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23106 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23107 which normally happens once for each message,
23108 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23109 To make a change in this variable take effect
23110 for a message that you have already viewed,
23111 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23112
23113 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23114
23115 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23116 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23117 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23118 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23119
23120 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23121
23122 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23123 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23124
23125 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23126
23127 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23128 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23129 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23130
23131 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23132
23133 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23134 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23135 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23136 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23137 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23138 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23139
23140 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23141
23142 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23143 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23144
23145 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23146
23147 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23148 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23149
23150 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23151
23152 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23153 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23154
23155 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23156 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23157
23158 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23159
23160 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23161 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23162
23163 This is set to nil by default.")
23164
23165 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23166 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23167 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23168 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23169 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23170 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23171 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23172
23173 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23174 Read and edit incoming mail.
23175 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23176 file in RMAIL Mode.
23177 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23178
23179 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23180 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23181 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23182 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23183
23184 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23185
23186 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23187
23188 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23189 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23190 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23191 Instead, these commands are available:
23192
23193 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23194 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23195 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23196 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23197 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23198 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23199 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23200 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23201 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23202 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23203 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23204 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23205 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23206 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23207 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23208 till a deleted message is found.
23209 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23210 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23211 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23212 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23213 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23214 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23215 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23216 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23217 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23218 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23219 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23220 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23221 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23222 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23223 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23224 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23225 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23226 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23227 (label defaults to last one specified).
23228 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23229 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23230 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23231 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23232 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23233 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23234 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23235 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23236 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23237
23238 \(fn)" t nil)
23239
23240 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23241 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23242
23243 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23244
23245 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23246 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23247
23248 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23249
23250 ;;;***
23251 \f
23252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21670 32331
23253 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23254 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23255 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23256
23257 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23258 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23259 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23260 case it writes Babyl.
23261
23262 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23263 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23264 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23265 `rmail-default-file'.
23266
23267 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23268 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23269 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23270
23271 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23272 the header display is currently pruned.
23273
23274 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23275 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23276 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23277 messages after output.
23278
23279 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23280 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23281 message (if writing a file directly).
23282
23283 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23284 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23285
23286 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23287
23288 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23289 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23290 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23291 i) the header is output as currently seen
23292 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23293 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23294
23295 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23296 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23297 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23298
23299 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23300
23301 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23302 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23303 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23304 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23305 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23306 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23307 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23308
23309 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23310 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23311 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23312
23313 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23314
23315 ;;;***
23316 \f
23317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21670 32331
23318 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23319 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23320
23321 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23322 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23323 Return a pattern.
23324
23325 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23326
23327 ;;;***
23328 \f
23329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21670 32331
23330 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23331 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23332
23333 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23334 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23335 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23336 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23337
23338 \(fn)" t nil)
23339
23340 ;;;***
23341 \f
23342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21670 32331
23343 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23344 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23345
23346 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23347 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23348
23349 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23350 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23351 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23352 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23353 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23354 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23355 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23356 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23357 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23358 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23359
23360 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23361 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23362 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23363 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23364 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23365 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23366 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23367 to use for finding the schema.
23368
23369 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23370
23371 ;;;***
23372 \f
23373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21670 32331 385639
23374 ;;;;;; 720000))
23375 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23376
23377 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23378
23379 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23380 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23381 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23382 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23383 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23384 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23385 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23386 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23387 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23388 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23389 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23390 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23391 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23392 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23393 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23394 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23395 must be equal.
23396
23397 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23398
23399 ;;;***
23400 \f
23401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21824 5851
23402 ;;;;;; 711914 99000))
23403 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23404
23405 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23406 Define a robin package.
23407
23408 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23409 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23410 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23411 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23412
23413 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23414 one replaces the old one.
23415
23416 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23417
23418 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23419 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23420
23421 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23422 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23423 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23424
23425 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23426
23427 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23428 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23429
23430 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23431
23432 ;;;***
23433 \f
23434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23435 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23436
23437 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23438 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23439
23440 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23441
23442 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23443 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23444
23445 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23446
23447 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23448 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23449
23450 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23451
23452 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23453 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23454 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23455
23456 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23457 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23458 in ROT13.
23459
23460 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23461
23462 \(fn)" t nil)
23463
23464 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23465 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23466
23467 \(fn)" t nil)
23468
23469 ;;;***
23470 \f
23471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21852 24382 77263
23472 ;;;;;; 112000))
23473 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23474 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23475
23476 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23477 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23478 \\<rst-mode-map>
23479
23480 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23481 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23482 highlighting.
23483
23484 \\{rst-mode-map}
23485
23486 \(fn)" t nil)
23487
23488 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23489 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23490 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23491 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23492 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23493
23494 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23495 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23496 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23497
23498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23499
23500 ;;;***
23501 \f
23502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21855
23503 ;;;;;; 577 437945 800000))
23504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23505 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23506
23507 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23508 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23509
23510 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23511
23512 \(fn)" t nil)
23513
23514 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23515
23516 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23517
23518 ;;;***
23519 \f
23520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21670 32331 885635
23521 ;;;;;; 586000))
23522 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23523 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23524
23525 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23526 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23527 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23528
23529 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23530 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23531 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23532 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23533 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23534
23535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23536
23537 ;;;***
23538 \f
23539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21807 35879 352666
23540 ;;;;;; 863000))
23541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23542
23543 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23544 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23545 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23546 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23547
23548 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23549
23550 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23551 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23552 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23553
23554 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23555 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23556 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23557
23558 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23559 notation.
23560
23561 STRING
23562 matches string STRING literally.
23563
23564 CHAR
23565 matches character CHAR literally.
23566
23567 `not-newline', `nonl'
23568 matches any character except a newline.
23569
23570 `anything'
23571 matches any character
23572
23573 `(any SET ...)'
23574 `(in SET ...)'
23575 `(char SET ...)'
23576 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23577 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23578 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23579
23580 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23581 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23582 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23583 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23584
23585 `(not (any SET ...))'
23586 matches any character not in SET ...
23587
23588 `line-start', `bol'
23589 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23590 in the text being matched
23591
23592 `line-end', `eol'
23593 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23594
23595 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23596 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23597 string being matched against.
23598
23599 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23600 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23601 string being matched against.
23602
23603 `buffer-start'
23604 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23605 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23606
23607 `buffer-end'
23608 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23609 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23610
23611 `point'
23612 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23613
23614 `word-start', `bow'
23615 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23616
23617 `word-end', `eow'
23618 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23619
23620 `word-boundary'
23621 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23622 word.
23623
23624 `(not word-boundary)'
23625 `not-word-boundary'
23626 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23627 word.
23628
23629 `symbol-start'
23630 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23631
23632 `symbol-end'
23633 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23634
23635 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23636 matches 0 through 9.
23637
23638 `control', `cntrl'
23639 matches ASCII control characters.
23640
23641 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23642 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23643
23644 `blank'
23645 matches space and tab only.
23646
23647 `graphic', `graph'
23648 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23649 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23650 unassigned by Unicode.
23651
23652 `printing', `print'
23653 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23654
23655 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23656 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23657 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23658
23659 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23660 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23661 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23662
23663 `ascii'
23664 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23665
23666 `nonascii'
23667 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23668
23669 `lower', `lower-case'
23670 matches anything lower-case.
23671
23672 `upper', `upper-case'
23673 matches anything upper-case.
23674
23675 `punctuation', `punct'
23676 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23677 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23678
23679 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23680 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23681
23682 `word', `wordchar'
23683 matches anything that has word syntax.
23684
23685 `not-wordchar'
23686 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23687
23688 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23689 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23690 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23691 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23692
23693 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23694 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23695 `word' (\\sw)
23696 `symbol' (\\s_)
23697 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23698 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23699 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23700 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23701 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23702 `escape' (\\s\\)
23703 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23704 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23705 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23706 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23707 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23708
23709 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23710 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23711
23712 `(category CATEGORY)'
23713 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23714 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23715
23716 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23717 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23718 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23719 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23720 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23721 `symbol' (\\c5)
23722 `digit' (\\c6)
23723 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23724 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23725 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23726 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23727 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23728 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23729 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23730 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23731 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23732 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23733 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23734 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23735 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23736 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23737 `ascii' (\\ca)
23738 `arabic' (\\cb)
23739 `chinese' (\\cc)
23740 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23741 `greek' (\\cg)
23742 `korean' (\\ch)
23743 `indian' (\\ci)
23744 `japanese' (\\cj)
23745 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23746 `latin' (\\cl)
23747 `lao' (\\co)
23748 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23749 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23750 `thai' (\\ct)
23751 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23752 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23753 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23754 `can-break' (\\c|)
23755
23756 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23757 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23758
23759 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23760 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23761 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23762 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23763 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23764
23765 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23766 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23767 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23768 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23769
23770 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23771 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23772 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23773 group number N.
23774
23775 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23776 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23777 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23778 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23779 regular expression.
23780
23781 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23782 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23783 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23784 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23785 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23786
23787 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23788 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23789
23790 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23791 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23792
23793 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23794 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23795 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23796
23797 `(* SEXP ...)'
23798 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23799 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23800
23801 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23802 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23803 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23804
23805 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23806 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23807 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23808
23809 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23810 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23811
23812 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23813 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23814
23815 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23816 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23817 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23818 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23819
23820 `(? SEXP ...)'
23821 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23822
23823 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23824 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23825
23826 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23827 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23828 matches N occurrences.
23829
23830 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23831 matches N or more occurrences.
23832
23833 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23834 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23835 matches N to M occurrences.
23836
23837 `(backref N)'
23838 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23839
23840 `(eval FORM)'
23841 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23842 `regexp-quote' it.
23843
23844 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23845 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23846
23847 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23848
23849 ;;;***
23850 \f
23851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21670 32331
23852 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23853 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23854 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23855
23856 ;;;***
23857 \f
23858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21670 32331 885635
23859 ;;;;;; 586000))
23860 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23861 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23862
23863 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23864 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23865 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23866 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23867 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23868 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23869
23870 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23871
23872 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23873 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23874 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23875 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23876 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23877
23878 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23879 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23880 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23881 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23882
23883 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23884 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23885 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23886
23887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23888
23889 ;;;***
23890 \f
23891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (21822 58098 20521
23892 ;;;;;; 61000))
23893 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
23894
23895 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
23896 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
23897 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23898 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23899 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23900 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
23901
23902 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
23903
23904 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
23905 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
23906 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
23907 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
23908
23909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23910
23911 ;;;***
23912 \f
23913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21670 32331
23914 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23915 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23916
23917 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23918 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23919 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23920
23921 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23922 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23923 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23924 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23925 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23926 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23927 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23928 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23929
23930 Commands:
23931 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23932 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23933 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23934
23935 \(fn)" t nil)
23936
23937 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23938 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23939 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23940
23941 Commands:
23942 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23943 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23944 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23945 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23946 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23947 that variable's value is a string.
23948
23949 \(fn)" t nil)
23950
23951 ;;;***
23952 \f
23953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21670 32331
23954 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23955 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23956
23957 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23958 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23959 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23960
23961 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23962
23963 \(fn)" t nil)
23964
23965 ;;;***
23966 \f
23967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21670 32331 885635
23968 ;;;;;; 586000))
23969 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23970
23971 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23972 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23973 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23974 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23975 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23976 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23977
23978 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23979
23980 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23981 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23982 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23983 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23984 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23985
23986 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23987 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23988
23989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23990
23991 ;;;***
23992 \f
23993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21670 32331
23994 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
23995 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23996
23997 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23998 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23999 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24000 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24001 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24002 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24003 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24004 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24005
24006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24007
24008 ;;;***
24009 \f
24010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21855 577 177946
24011 ;;;;;; 739000))
24012 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24013 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24014 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24015
24016 ;;;***
24017 \f
24018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21679 47292
24019 ;;;;;; 556033 759000))
24020 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24021 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24022
24023 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24024 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24025 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24026
24027 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24028 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24029 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24030 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24031 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24032 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24033 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24034 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24035 keybinding for tag names.
24036 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24037 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24038 of the symbol under point.
24039 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24040 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24041 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24042 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24043 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24044 syntax tokens.
24045 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24046
24047 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24048
24049 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24050 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24051 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24052 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24053 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24054 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24055
24056 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24057
24058 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24059 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24060 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24061 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24062 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24063
24064 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24065 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24066 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24067 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24068 Semantic mode.
24069
24070 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24071
24072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24073
24074 ;;;***
24075 \f
24076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24077 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24078 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24079
24080 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24081 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24082
24083 \(fn)" t nil)
24084
24085 ;;;***
24086 \f
24087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24088 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24089 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24090
24091 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24092 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24093
24094 \(fn)" t nil)
24095
24096 ;;;***
24097 \f
24098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21861 39358
24099 ;;;;;; 517945 150000))
24100 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24101
24102 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24103 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24104
24105 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24106 king@grassland.com
24107 If `parens', they look like:
24108 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24109 If `angles', they look like:
24110 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24111
24112 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24113 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24114
24115 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24116
24117 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24118 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24119 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24120 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24121
24122 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24123 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24124 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24125 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24126
24127 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24128
24129 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24130 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24131 This is done when the message is initialized,
24132 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24133
24134 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24135
24136 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24137 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24138 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24139
24140 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24141
24142 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24143 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24144 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24145 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24146 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24147 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24148 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24149
24150 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24151
24152 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24153 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24154
24155 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24156
24157 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24158 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24159 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24160 be a Babyl file.")
24161
24162 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24163
24164 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24165 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24166 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24167 when you first send mail.")
24168
24169 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24170
24171 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24172 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24173 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24174 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24175 This file need not actually exist.")
24176
24177 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24178
24179 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24180 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24181
24182 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24183
24184 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24185 Alist of mail address aliases,
24186 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24187 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24188 can specify a different file name.)
24189 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24190 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24191
24192 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24193 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24194 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24195
24196 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24197
24198 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24199 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24200 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24201
24202 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24203
24204 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24205 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24206 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24207 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24208 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24209 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24210 in the cited portion of the message.
24211
24212 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24213 instead of no action.")
24214
24215 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24216
24217 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24218 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24219 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24220 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24221 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24222
24223 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24224
24225 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24226 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24227 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24228 If a string, that string is inserted.
24229 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24230 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24231 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24232 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24233
24234 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24235
24236 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24237 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24238
24239 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24240
24241 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24242 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24243 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24244
24245 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24246 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24247
24248 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24249
24250 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24251 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24252 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24253 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24254
24255 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24256
24257 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24258 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24259 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24260
24261 \(fn)" nil nil)
24262
24263 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24264
24265 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24266
24267
24268 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24269
24270 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24271 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24272 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24273
24274 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24275 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24276
24277 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24278 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24279 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24280 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24281 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24282 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24283 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24284 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24285 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24286 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24287 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24288 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24289 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24290 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24291
24292 \(fn)" t nil)
24293
24294 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24295 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24296 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24297 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24298
24299 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24300
24301 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24302 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24303 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24304 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24305 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24306 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24307
24308 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24309 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24310 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24311
24312 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24313 User should not set this variable manually,
24314 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24315 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24316 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24317
24318 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24319 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24320 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24321 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24322
24323 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24324 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24325
24326 \\<mail-mode-map>
24327 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24328
24329 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24330 to move to message header fields:
24331 \\{mail-mode-map}
24332
24333 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24334 when the message is initialized.
24335
24336 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24337 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24338
24339 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24340 is inserted.
24341
24342 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24343 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24344
24345 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24346 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24347 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24348 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24349 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24350 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24351 buffer without erasing the contents.
24352
24353 The second through fifth arguments,
24354 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24355 the initial contents of those header fields.
24356 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24357 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24358 original message being replied to, or else an action
24359 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24360 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24361 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24362 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24363 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24364 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24365
24366 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24367
24368 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24369 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24370
24371 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24372
24373 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24374 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24375
24376 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24377
24378 ;;;***
24379 \f
24380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21843 54898 597238
24381 ;;;;;; 876000))
24382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24383 (push (purecopy '(seq 1 7)) package--builtin-versions)
24384
24385 ;;;***
24386 \f
24387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21857 42300 487735 894000))
24388 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24389
24390 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24391
24392 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24393
24394 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24395
24396 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24397 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24398 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24399 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24400 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24401 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24402
24403 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24404 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24405
24406 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24407 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24408 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24409
24410 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24411 \\[server-start].
24412
24413 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24414
24415 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24416 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24417 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24418 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24419
24420 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24421
24422 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24423 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24424 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24426 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24427 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24428
24429 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24430
24431 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24432 Toggle Server mode.
24433 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24434 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24435 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24436
24437 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24438 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24439 `server-start' for details.
24440
24441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24442
24443 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24444 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24445 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24446
24447 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24448 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24449
24450 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24451
24452 ;;;***
24453 \f
24454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21855 577 487945 652000))
24455 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24456
24457 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24458 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24459
24460 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24461 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24462 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24463 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24464 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24465
24466 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24467 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24468 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24469 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24470 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24471 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24472
24473 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24474 displayed.
24475
24476 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24477 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24478 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24479
24480 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24481 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24482
24483 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24484 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24485
24486 \\{ses-mode-map}
24487 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24488 part):
24489 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24490 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24491 formula:
24492 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24493
24494 \(fn)" t nil)
24495
24496 ;;;***
24497 \f
24498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21839
24499 ;;;;;; 43859 371195 279000))
24500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24501
24502 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24503 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24504 Makes > match <.
24505 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24506 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24507
24508 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24509 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24510 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24511
24512 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24513 in your init file.
24514
24515 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24516
24517 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24518 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24519 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24520
24521 \(fn)" t nil)
24522
24523 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24524 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24525 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24526 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24527 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24528 which this is based.
24529
24530 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24531
24532 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24533 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24534 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24535 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24536
24537 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24538 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24539 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24540
24541 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24542 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24543 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24544 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24545
24546 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24547 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24548 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24549 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24550
24551 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24552
24553 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24554 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24555 To work around that, do:
24556 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24557
24558 \\{html-mode-map}
24559
24560 \(fn)" t nil)
24561
24562 ;;;***
24563 \f
24564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21862
24565 ;;;;;; 60209 888659 15000))
24566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24567 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24568 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24569
24570 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24571 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24572 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24573 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24574 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24575 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24576
24577 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24578 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24579 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24580 shell-specific features.
24581
24582 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24583 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24584 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24585 \\<sh-mode-map>
24586 \\[sh-case] case statement
24587 \\[sh-for] for loop
24588 \\[sh-function] function definition
24589 \\[sh-if] if statement
24590 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24591 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24592 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24593 \\[sh-select] select loop
24594 \\[sh-until] until loop
24595 \\[sh-while] while loop
24596
24597 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24598 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24599 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24600 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24601 would indent to the way it currently is.
24602 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24603 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24604
24605
24606 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24607 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24608 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24609 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24610 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24611
24612 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24613 unquoted < insert a here document.
24614
24615 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24616 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24617 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24618
24619 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24620 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24621
24622 \(fn)" t nil)
24623
24624 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24625
24626 ;;;***
24627 \f
24628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21670 32330
24629 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
24630 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24631
24632 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24633 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24634
24635 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24636 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24637 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24638
24639 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24640 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24641 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24642 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24643 the earlier.
24644
24645 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24646
24647 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24648
24649 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24650 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24651 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24652
24653 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24654 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24655
24656 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24657 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24658 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24659 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24660 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24661 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24662 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24663 Emacs version).
24664
24665 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24666 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24667 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24668 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24669 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24670
24671 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24672 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24673
24674 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24675
24676 ;;;***
24677 \f
24678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21670 32331 885635
24679 ;;;;;; 586000))
24680 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24681
24682 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24683 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24684 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24685 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24686 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24687 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24688 sites in the cluster.
24689
24690 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24691
24692 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24693 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24694 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24695 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24696 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24697
24698 \(fn)" t nil)
24699
24700 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24701 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24702 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24703 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24704 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24705 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24706 `shadow-define-cluster').
24707
24708 \(fn)" t nil)
24709
24710 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24711 Set up file shadowing.
24712
24713 \(fn)" t nil)
24714
24715 ;;;***
24716 \f
24717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21678 26426 225333 737000))
24718 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24719
24720 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24721 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24722 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24723 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24724 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24725 arguments.")
24726
24727 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24728
24729 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24730 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24731 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24732 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24733 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24734
24735 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24736 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24737 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24738 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24739 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24740 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24741 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24742 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24743 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24744 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24745 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24746
24747 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24748 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24749 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24750 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24751 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24752 `default-process-coding-system'.
24753
24754 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24755 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24756 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24757 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24758
24759 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24760
24761 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24762
24763 ;;;***
24764 \f
24765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21837 20530 521200 565000))
24766 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24767
24768 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24769 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24770
24771 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24772
24773 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24774 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24775 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24776 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24777
24778 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24779
24780 ;;;***
24781 \f
24782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21670 32331 385639
24783 ;;;;;; 720000))
24784 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24785
24786 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24787
24788
24789 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24790
24791 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24792
24793
24794 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24795
24796 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24797
24798
24799 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24800
24801 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24802
24803
24804 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24805
24806 ;;;***
24807 \f
24808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21670 32331
24809 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24811
24812 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24813 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24814 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24815 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24816 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24817
24818 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24819
24820 \(fn)" t nil)
24821
24822 ;;;***
24823 \f
24824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21670 32331
24825 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24827
24828 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24829 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24830 \\{simula-mode-map}
24831 Variables controlling indentation style:
24832 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24833 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24834 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24835 `simula-indent-level'
24836 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24837 `simula-substatement-offset'
24838 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24839 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24840 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24841 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24842 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24843 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24844 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24845 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24846 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24847 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24848 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24849 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24850 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24851 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24852 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24853 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24854 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24855 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24856 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24857 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24858 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24859 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24860 or nil if they should not be changed.
24861 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24862 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24863 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24864 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24865
24866 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24867 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24868
24869 \(fn)" t nil)
24870
24871 ;;;***
24872 \f
24873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21862 60209 898658
24874 ;;;;;; 614000))
24875 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24876
24877 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24878 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24879
24880 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24881 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24882 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24883 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24884
24885 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24886
24887 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24888
24889 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24890 Insert SKELETON.
24891 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24892 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24893 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24894 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24895 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24896
24897 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24898 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24899
24900 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24901
24902 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24903 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24904
24905 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24906 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24907 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24908 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24909
24910 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24911 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24912 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24913 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24914
24915 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24916 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24917 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24918
24919 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24920 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24921
24922 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24923 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24924
24925 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24926 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24927 is at bol/eol
24928 _ interesting point, interregion here
24929 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24930 interesting point set by _
24931 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24932 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24933 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24934 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24935 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24936 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24937 nil skipped
24938
24939 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24940 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24941
24942 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24943 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24944 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24945 as the first element when at bol.
24946
24947 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24948 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24949 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24950 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24951 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24952 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24953 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24954 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24955
24956 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24957 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24958 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24959 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24960 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24961 available:
24962
24963 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24964 then: insert previously read string once more
24965 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24966 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24967 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24968
24969 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24970 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24971
24972 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24973
24974 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24975 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24976
24977 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24978 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24979 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24980 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24981 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24982 such as backslash.
24983
24984 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24985 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
24986 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
24987 twice for the others.
24988
24989 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24990
24991 ;;;***
24992 \f
24993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21670 32331
24994 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
24995 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24996
24997 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24998 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24999 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25000 buffer names.
25001
25002 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25003
25004 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25005 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25006 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25007 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25008 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25009 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25010
25011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25012
25013 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25014 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25015 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25016
25017 \(fn)" t nil)
25018
25019 ;;;***
25020 \f
25021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21670 32331 385639
25022 ;;;;;; 720000))
25023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25024
25025 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25026 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25027 A list of images is returned.
25028
25029 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25030
25031 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25032 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25033 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25034
25035 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25036
25037 ;;;***
25038 \f
25039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21670 32331
25040 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25042
25043 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25044
25045
25046 \(fn)" nil nil)
25047
25048 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25049 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25050
25051 \(fn)" t nil)
25052
25053 ;;;***
25054 \f
25055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21670 32331 385639
25056 ;;;;;; 720000))
25057 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25058
25059 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25060 Play the Snake game.
25061 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25062
25063 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25064
25065 Snake mode keybindings:
25066 \\<snake-mode-map>
25067 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25068 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25069 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25070 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25071 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25072 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25073 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25074
25075 \(fn)" t nil)
25076
25077 ;;;***
25078 \f
25079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21670 32331
25080 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25081 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25082
25083 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25084 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25085 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25086 Tab indents for C code.
25087 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25088 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25089 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25090 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25091 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25092
25093 \(fn)" t nil)
25094
25095 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25096 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25097 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25098 Tab indents for C code.
25099 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25100 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25101 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25102 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25103 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25104
25105 \(fn)" t nil)
25106
25107 ;;;***
25108 \f
25109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21849 48176 337264
25110 ;;;;;; 443000))
25111 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25112
25113 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25114 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25115 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25116 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25117 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25118
25119 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25120
25121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25122
25123 ;;;***
25124 \f
25125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21670 32331
25126 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25127 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25128
25129 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25130 Play Solitaire.
25131
25132 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25133 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25134 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25135 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25136 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25137 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25138 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25139 check after each move or undo.)
25140
25141 What is Solitaire?
25142
25143 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25144 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25145 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25146
25147 Le Solitaire
25148 ============
25149
25150 o o o
25151
25152 o o o
25153
25154 o o o o o o o
25155
25156 o o o . o o o
25157
25158 o o o o o o o
25159
25160 o o o
25161
25162 o o o
25163
25164 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25165 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25166 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25167 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25168
25169 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25170 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25171 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25172 this: o o .
25173
25174 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25175 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25176
25177 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25178
25179 o o o
25180
25181 . o o
25182
25183 o o . o o o o
25184
25185 o . o o o o o
25186
25187 o o o o o o o
25188
25189 o o o
25190
25191 o o o
25192
25193 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25194
25195 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25196
25197 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25198
25199 ;;;***
25200 \f
25201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
25202 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25203 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25204
25205 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25206 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25207
25208 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25209 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25210 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25211 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25212 contiguous.
25213
25214 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25215 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25216 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25217 the sort order.
25218
25219 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25220 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25221
25222 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25223 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25224 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25225 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25226 is called.
25227
25228 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25229 It should move point to the end of the record.
25230
25231 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25232 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25233 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25234 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25235 starts at the beginning of the record.
25236
25237 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25238 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25239 same as ENDRECFUN.
25240
25241 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25242 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25243 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25244 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25245 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25246 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25247 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25248
25249 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25250
25251 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25252 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25253 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25254 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25255 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25256 the sort order.
25257
25258 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25259
25260 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25261 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25262 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25263 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25264 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25265 the sort order.
25266
25267 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25268
25269 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25270 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25271 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25272 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25273 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25274 the sort order.
25275
25276 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25277 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25278
25279 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25280 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25281 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25282 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25283 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25284 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25285 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25286 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25287 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25288
25289 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25290
25291 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25292 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25293 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25294 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25295 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25296 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25297 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25298 the sort order.
25299
25300 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25301
25302 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25303 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25304 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25305 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25306
25307 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25308 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25309
25310 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25311 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25312 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25313 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25314 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25315 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25316 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25317 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25318
25319 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25320
25321 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25322 the sort order.
25323
25324 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25325 starting with the letter \"f\",
25326 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25327
25328 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25329
25330 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25331 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25332 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25333 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25334 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25335 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25336 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25337 the sort order.
25338
25339 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25340 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25341 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25342 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25343 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25344
25345 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25346
25347 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25348 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25349 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25350
25351 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25352
25353 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25354 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25355 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25356 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25357 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25358 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25359 each repeated line.
25360
25361 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25362 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25363 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25364 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25365
25366 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25367 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25368
25369 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25370 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25371
25372 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25373
25374 ;;;***
25375 \f
25376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21832 3464 481922 546000))
25377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25378
25379 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25380 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25381 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25382 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25383 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25384 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25385
25386 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25387
25388 ;;;***
25389 \f
25390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21670
25391 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
25392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25393
25394 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25395 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25396
25397 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25398 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25399 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25400
25401 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25402
25403 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25404 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25405 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25406 server.
25407
25408 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25409
25410 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25411 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25412 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25413
25414 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25415
25416 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25417 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25418 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25419 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25420 Agent is plugged.
25421
25422 \(fn)" t nil)
25423
25424 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25425 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25426 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25427 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25428
25429 \(fn)" t nil)
25430
25431 ;;;***
25432 \f
25433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21670 32331 885635
25434 ;;;;;; 586000))
25435 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25436
25437 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25438
25439 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25440 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25441 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25442 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25443 supported at a time.
25444 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25445 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25446
25447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25448
25449 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25450 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25451 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25452 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25453
25454 \(fn)" t nil)
25455
25456 ;;;***
25457 \f
25458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21670 32331 385639
25459 ;;;;;; 720000))
25460 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25461
25462 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25463 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25464
25465 \(fn)" t nil)
25466
25467 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25468 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25469
25470 \(fn)" nil nil)
25471
25472 ;;;***
25473 \f
25474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21765 23600 805241
25475 ;;;;;; 145000))
25476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25477 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25478
25479 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25480 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25481
25482 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25483 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25484 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25485 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25486 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25487 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25488 of the current highlighting list.
25489
25490 For example:
25491
25492 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25493 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25494
25495 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25496 `_t' as data types.
25497
25498 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25499
25500 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25501 Major mode to edit SQL.
25502
25503 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25504 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25505 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25506
25507 \\{sql-mode-map}
25508 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25509
25510 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25511 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25512 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25513 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25514 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25515 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25516
25517 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25518 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25519
25520 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25521 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25522 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25523
25524 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25525 (lambda ()
25526 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25527
25528 \(fn)" t nil)
25529
25530 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25531 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25532
25533 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25534 their settings.
25535
25536 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25537 is specified in the connection settings.
25538
25539 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25540
25541 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25542 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25543
25544 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25545 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25546
25547 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25548 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25549 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25550 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25551
25552 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25553
25554 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25555
25556 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25557 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25558
25559 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25560 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25561 `*SQL*'.
25562
25563 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25564 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25565 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25566 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25567
25568 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25569 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25570
25571 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25572 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25573 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25574 buffer.
25575
25576 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25577 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25578 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25579 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25580 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25581 `default-process-coding-system'.
25582
25583 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25584
25585 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25586
25587 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25588 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25589
25590 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25591 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25592 `*SQL*'.
25593
25594 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25595 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25596 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25597 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25598
25599 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25600 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25601
25602 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25603 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25604 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25605 buffer.
25606
25607 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25608 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25609 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25610 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25611 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25612 `default-process-coding-system'.
25613
25614 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25615
25616 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25617
25618 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25619 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25620
25621 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25622 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25623 `*SQL*'.
25624
25625 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25626 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25627
25628 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25629 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25630
25631 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25632 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25633 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25634 buffer.
25635
25636 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25637 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25638 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25639 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25640 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25641 `default-process-coding-system'.
25642
25643 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25644
25645 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25646
25647 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25648 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25649
25650 SQLite is free software.
25651
25652 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25653 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25654 `*SQL*'.
25655
25656 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25657 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25658 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25659 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25660
25661 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25662 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25663
25664 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25665 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25666 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25667 buffer.
25668
25669 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25670 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25671 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25672 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25673 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25674 `default-process-coding-system'.
25675
25676 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25677
25678 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25679
25680 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25681 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25682
25683 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25684
25685 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25686 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25687 `*SQL*'.
25688
25689 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25690 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25691 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25692 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25693
25694 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25695 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25696
25697 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25698 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25699 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25700 buffer.
25701
25702 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25703 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25704 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25705 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25706 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25707 `default-process-coding-system'.
25708
25709 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25710
25711 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25712
25713 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25714 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25715
25716 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25717 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25718 `*SQL*'.
25719
25720 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25721 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25722 defaults, if set.
25723
25724 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25725 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25726
25727 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25728 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25729 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25730 buffer.
25731
25732 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25733 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25734 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25735 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25736 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25737 `default-process-coding-system'.
25738
25739 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25740
25741 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25742
25743 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25744 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25745
25746 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25747 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25748 `*SQL*'.
25749
25750 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25751 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25752
25753 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25754 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25755
25756 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25757 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25758 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25759 buffer.
25760
25761 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25762 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25763 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25764 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25765 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25766 `default-process-coding-system'.
25767
25768 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25769
25770 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25771
25772 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25773 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25774
25775 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25776 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25777 `*SQL*'.
25778
25779 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25780 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25781 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25782 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25783
25784 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25785 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25786
25787 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25788 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25789 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25790 buffer.
25791
25792 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25793 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25794 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25795 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25796 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25797 `default-process-coding-system'.
25798
25799 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25800
25801 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25802
25803 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25804 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25805
25806 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25807 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25808 `*SQL*'.
25809
25810 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25811 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25812 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25813 `sql-postgres-options'.
25814
25815 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25816 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25817
25818 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25819 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25820 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25821 buffer.
25822
25823 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25824 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25825 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25826 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25827 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25828 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25829 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25830 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25831
25832 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25833 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25834
25835 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25836
25837 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25838
25839 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25840 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25841
25842 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25843 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25844 `*SQL*'.
25845
25846 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25847 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25848 defaults, if set.
25849
25850 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25851 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25852
25853 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25854 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25855 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25856 buffer.
25857
25858 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25859 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25860 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25861 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25862 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25863 `default-process-coding-system'.
25864
25865 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25866
25867 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25868
25869 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25870 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25871
25872 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25873 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25874 `*SQL*'.
25875
25876 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25877 automatic login.
25878
25879 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25880 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25881
25882 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25883 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25884 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25885 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25886
25887 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25888 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25889 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25890 buffer.
25891
25892 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25893 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25894 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25895 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25896 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25897 `default-process-coding-system'.
25898
25899 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25900
25901 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25902
25903 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25904 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25905
25906 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25907 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25908 `*SQL*'.
25909
25910 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25911 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25912 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25913 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25914 parameters.
25915
25916 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25917 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25918 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25919 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25920 an empty password.
25921
25922 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25923 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25924
25925 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25926 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25927 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25928 buffer.
25929
25930 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25931
25932 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25933
25934 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25935 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25936
25937 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25938
25939 ;;;***
25940 \f
25941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21670 32330 885624
25942 ;;;;;; 725000))
25943 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25944 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25945
25946 ;;;***
25947 \f
25948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25949 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
25950 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25951
25952 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25953 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25954
25955 \(fn)" t nil)
25956
25957 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25958
25959 ;;;***
25960 \f
25961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21670 32331
25962 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25963 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25964
25965 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25966 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25967 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25968 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25969 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25970 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25971 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25972 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25973 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25974 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25975 with any buffer
25976 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25977 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25978 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25979 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25980
25981 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25982
25983 ;;;***
25984 \f
25985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21670 32331 885635
25986 ;;;;;; 586000))
25987 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25988
25989 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25990 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25991 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25992 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25993 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25994 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25995
25996 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25997
25998 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25999
26000 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26001 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26002 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26003 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26004 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26005 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26006 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26007
26008 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26009
26010 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26011 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26012 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26013 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26014 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26015 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26016 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26017
26018 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26019
26020 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26021 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26022 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26023
26024 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26025
26026 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26027 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26028 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26029
26030 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26031
26032 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26033 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26034
26035 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26036
26037 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26038 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26039
26040 \(fn)" t nil)
26041
26042 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26043 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26044
26045 \(fn)" t nil)
26046
26047 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26048 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26049 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26050 by command name.
26051 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26052
26053 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26054
26055 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26056 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26057 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26058 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26059 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26060 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26061
26062 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26063
26064 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26065 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26066 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26067 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26068 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26069
26070 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26071 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26072 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26073 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26074 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26075
26076 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26077 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26078 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26079 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26080
26081 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26082
26083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26084
26085 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26086 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26087 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26088 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26089
26090 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26091
26092 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26093 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26094
26095 \(fn)" t nil)
26096
26097 ;;;***
26098 \f
26099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
26100 ;;;;;; 42000))
26101 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26102
26103 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26104 Studlify-case the region.
26105
26106 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26107
26108 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26109 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26110
26111 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26112
26113 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26114 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26115
26116 \(fn)" t nil)
26117
26118 ;;;***
26119 \f
26120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21670 32331
26121 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
26122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26123
26124 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26125
26126 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26127 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26128 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26129 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26130 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26131
26132 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26133 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26134 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26135 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26136
26137 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26138 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26139 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26140
26141 Nomenclature Subwords
26142 ===========================================================
26143 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26144 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26145 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26146
26147 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26148 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26149
26150 \\{subword-mode-map}
26151
26152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26153
26154 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26155 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26156 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26157 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26158 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26159 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26160
26161 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26162
26163 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26164 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26165 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26166 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26167 ARG is omitted or nil.
26168
26169 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26170 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26171 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26172
26173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26174
26175 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26176 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26177 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26178 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26179 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26180
26181 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26182 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26183 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26184 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26185
26186 \\{superword-mode-map}
26187
26188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26189
26190 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26191 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26192 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26195 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26196
26197 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26198
26199 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26200 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26201 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26202 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26203 ARG is omitted or nil.
26204
26205 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26206 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26207 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26208
26209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26210
26211 ;;;***
26212 \f
26213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21852 24381
26214 ;;;;;; 697240 10000))
26215 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26216
26217 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26218 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26219 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26220 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26221 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26222 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26223 original message but it does require a few things:
26224
26225 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26226
26227 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26228 reply buffer.
26229
26230 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26231 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26232 original message.
26233
26234 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26235
26236 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26237
26238 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26239 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26240 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26241
26242 \(fn)" nil nil)
26243
26244 ;;;***
26245 \f
26246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
26247 ;;;;;; 586000))
26248 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26249
26250 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26251
26252 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26253 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26254 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26256 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26257 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26258
26259 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26260
26261 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26262 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26263 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26264 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26265 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26266
26267 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26268 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26269 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26270
26271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26272
26273 ;;;***
26274 \f
26275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26276 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26277
26278 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26279 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26280 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26281 buffer.
26282
26283 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26284 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26285 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26286
26287 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26288
26289 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26290 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26291 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26292 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26293 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26294 buffer.
26295
26296 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26297 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26298 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26299
26300 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26301
26302 ;;;***
26303 \f
26304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21804 59688 284811
26305 ;;;;;; 0))
26306 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26307
26308 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26309 Insert an editable text table.
26310 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26311 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26312 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26313 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26314 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26315 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26316 delimiting them.
26317
26318 Examples:
26319
26320 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26321
26322 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26323 location of point.
26324
26325 -!-
26326
26327 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26328 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26329 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26330 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26331 first cell.
26332
26333 +-----+-----+-----+
26334 |-!- | | |
26335 +-----+-----+-----+
26336
26337 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26338
26339 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26340 width, which results as
26341
26342 +--------------+-----+-----+
26343 |-!- | | |
26344 +--------------+-----+-----+
26345
26346 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26347 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26348
26349 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26350 | | |-!- |
26351 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26352
26353 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26354 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26355 width information to `table-insert'.
26356
26357 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26358
26359 instead of
26360
26361 Cell width(s): 5
26362
26363 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26364 work all together.
26365
26366 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26367 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26368
26369 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26370 |-!- | | |
26371 | | | |
26372 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26373
26374 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26375
26376 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26377 |-!- | | |
26378 | | | |
26379 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26380 | | | |
26381 | | | |
26382 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26383
26384 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26385
26386 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26387 | | | |
26388 | | | |
26389 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26390 | | | |
26391 | | | |
26392 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26393 -!-
26394
26395 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26396 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26397 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26398
26399 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26400 | | | |
26401 | | | |
26402 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26403 | | | |
26404 | | | |
26405 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26406 |-!- | | |
26407 | | | |
26408 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26409
26410 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26411 results.
26412
26413 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26414 | | | |
26415 | | | |
26416 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26417 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26418 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26419 | | |expected results.-!- |
26420 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26421 | | | |
26422 | | | |
26423 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26424
26425 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26426
26427 \\{table-cell-map}
26428
26429 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26430
26431 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26432 Insert N table row(s).
26433 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26434 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26435 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26436 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26437
26438 \(fn N)" t nil)
26439
26440 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26441 Insert N table column(s).
26442 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26443 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26444 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26445 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26446
26447 \(fn N)" t nil)
26448
26449 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26450 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26451 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26452
26453 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26454
26455 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26456 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26457 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26458 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26459 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26460 all the table specific features.
26461
26462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26463
26464 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26465
26466
26467 \(fn)" t nil)
26468
26469 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26470 Recognize all tables within region.
26471 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26472 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26473 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26474 specific features.
26475
26476 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26477
26478 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26479
26480
26481 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26482
26483 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26484 Recognize a table at point.
26485 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26486 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26487 the table specific features.
26488
26489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26490
26491 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26492
26493
26494 \(fn)" t nil)
26495
26496 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26497 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26498 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26499 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26500 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26501 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26502 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26503
26504 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26505
26506 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26507
26508
26509 \(fn)" t nil)
26510
26511 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26512 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26513 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26514 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26515 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26516 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26517 specified.
26518
26519 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26520
26521 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26522 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26523 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26524 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26525 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26526 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26527 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26528 table structure.
26529
26530 \(fn N)" t nil)
26531
26532 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26533 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26534 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26535 table's rectangle structure.
26536
26537 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26538
26539 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26540 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26541 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26542 table's rectangle structure.
26543
26544 \(fn N)" t nil)
26545
26546 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26547 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26548 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26549 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26550 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26551
26552 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26553
26554 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26555 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26556 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26557
26558 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26559 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26560 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26561 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26562 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26563 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26564 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26565
26566 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26567 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26568 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26569 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26570 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26571 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26572 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26573
26574 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26575 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26576 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26577 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26578 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26579 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26580 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26581 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26582
26583 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26584
26585 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26586 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26587 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26588 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26589
26590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26591
26592 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26593 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26594 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26595
26596 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26597
26598 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26599 Split current cell vertically.
26600 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26601
26602 \(fn)" t nil)
26603
26604 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26605 Split current cell horizontally.
26606 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26607
26608 \(fn)" t nil)
26609
26610 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26611 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26612 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26613
26614 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26615
26616 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26617 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26618 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26619 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26620
26621 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26622
26623 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26624 Justify cell contents.
26625 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26626 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26627 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26628 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26629
26630 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26631
26632 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26633 Justify cells of a row.
26634 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26635 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26636
26637 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26638
26639 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26640 Justify cells of a column.
26641 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26642 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26643
26644 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26645
26646 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26647 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26648 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26649 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26650 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26651 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26652 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26653 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26654 run-time.
26655
26656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26657
26658 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26659 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26660 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26661 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26662 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26663 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26664 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26665 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26666 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26667 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26668 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26669
26670 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26671
26672 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26673 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26674 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26675 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26676 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26677 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26678 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26679 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26680 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26681 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26682 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26683 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26684 untouched.
26685
26686 References used for this implementation:
26687
26688 HTML:
26689 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26690
26691 LaTeX:
26692 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26693
26694 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26695 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26696 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26697
26698 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26699
26700 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26701 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26702 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26703 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26704 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26705 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26706 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26707 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26708 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26709 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26710 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26711 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26712 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26713 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26714 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26715 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26716 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26717
26718 Example:
26719
26720 (progn
26721 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26722 (table-forward-cell 15)
26723 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26724 (table-forward-cell 16)
26725 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26726 (table-forward-cell 1)
26727 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26728
26729 (progn
26730 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26731 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26732 (table-forward-cell 1)
26733 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26734
26735 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26736
26737 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26738 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26739 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26740 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26741 consists from cells of same height.
26742
26743 \(fn N)" t nil)
26744
26745 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26746 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26747 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26748 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26749 column must consists from cells of same width.
26750
26751 \(fn N)" t nil)
26752
26753 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26754 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26755 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26756 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26757 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26758 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26759 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26760 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26761 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26762 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26763 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26764 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26765 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26766 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26767 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26768
26769
26770 Example 1:
26771
26772 1, 2, 3, 4
26773 5, 6, 7, 8
26774 , 9, 10
26775
26776 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26777 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26778 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26779 specified as 5.
26780
26781 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26782 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26783 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26784 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26785 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26786 | | 9 | 10 | |
26787 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26788
26789 Note:
26790
26791 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26792 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26793 of each row is optional.
26794
26795
26796 Example 2:
26797
26798 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26799 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26800 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26801 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26802 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26803
26804 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26805 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26806
26807 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26808 expression and raw delimiter regular
26809 expression, it parses the specified text
26810 area and extracts cell items from
26811 non-table text and then forms a table out
26812 of them.
26813
26814 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26815 creates a single cell table. The text in
26816 the specified region is placed in that
26817 cell.-*-
26818
26819 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26820 like this.
26821
26822 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26823 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26824 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26825 | |
26826 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26827 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26828 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26829 | area and extracts cell items from |
26830 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26831 | of them. |
26832 | |
26833 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26834 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26835 | the specified region is placed in that |
26836 | cell. |
26837 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26838
26839 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26840 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26841 independently.
26842
26843 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26844 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26845 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26846 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26847 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26848 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26849 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26850 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26851 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26852 | |of them. |
26853 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26854 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26855 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26856 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26857 | |cell. |
26858 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26859
26860 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26861 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26862 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26863
26864 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26865
26866 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26867 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26868 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26869 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26870 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26871
26872 \(fn)" t nil)
26873
26874 ;;;***
26875 \f
26876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26877 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26878
26879 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26880 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26881
26882 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26883
26884 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26885 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26886
26887 \(fn)" t nil)
26888
26889 ;;;***
26890 \f
26891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21704 50495 455324
26892 ;;;;;; 752000))
26893 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26894
26895 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26896 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26897 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26898 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26899 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26900 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26901 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26902
26903 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26904 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26905 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26906 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26907
26908 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26909 \\{tar-mode-map}
26910
26911 \(fn)" t nil)
26912
26913 ;;;***
26914 \f
26915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21842 42581 539414
26916 ;;;;;; 570000))
26917 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26918
26919 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26920 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26921 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26922 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26923 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26924 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26925
26926 Variables controlling indentation style:
26927 `tcl-indent-level'
26928 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26929 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26930 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26931
26932 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26933 documentation for details):
26934 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26935 Controls action of TAB key.
26936 `tcl-auto-newline'
26937 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26938 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26939 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26940 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26941 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26942
26943 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26944 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26945 already exist.
26946
26947 \(fn)" t nil)
26948
26949 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26950 Run inferior Tcl process.
26951 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26952 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26953
26954 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26955
26956 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26957 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26958 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26959
26960 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26961
26962 ;;;***
26963 \f
26964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21852 24381 767239
26965 ;;;;;; 782000))
26966 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26967
26968 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26969 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26970 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26971 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26972
26973 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26974 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26975 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26976 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26977 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26978
26979 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26980
26981 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26982 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26983 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26984 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26985
26986 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26987
26988 ;;;***
26989 \f
26990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21798 49947 262665 54000))
26991 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26992
26993 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26994 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26995 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26996 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26997 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26998 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26999
27000 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27001
27002 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27003 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27004 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27005 commands to use in that buffer.
27006
27007 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27008
27009 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27010
27011 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27012 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27013
27014 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27015
27016 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27017 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27018 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27019 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27020 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27021 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27022 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27023 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27024 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27025 use in that buffer.
27026 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27027
27028 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27029
27030 ;;;***
27031 \f
27032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21834
27033 ;;;;;; 29303 521933 754000))
27034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27035
27036 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27037 Start coverage on function under point.
27038
27039 \(fn)" t nil)
27040
27041 ;;;***
27042 \f
27043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21670 32331 385639
27044 ;;;;;; 720000))
27045 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27046 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27047
27048 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27049 Play the Tetris game.
27050 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27051 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27052 as to form complete rows.
27053
27054 tetris-mode keybindings:
27055 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27056 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27057 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27058 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27059 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27060 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27061 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27062 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27063 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27064
27065 \(fn)" t nil)
27066
27067 ;;;***
27068 \f
27069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21862 60209
27070 ;;;;;; 908658 140000))
27071 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27072
27073 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27074 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27075
27076 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27077
27078 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27079 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27080 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27081 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27082 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27083
27084 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27085
27086 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27087 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27088 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27089 if it matches the first line of the file,
27090 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27091
27092 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27093
27094 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27095 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27096 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27097 if the variable is non-nil.")
27098
27099 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27100
27101 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27102 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27103
27104 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27105
27106 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27107 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27108 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27109 See the documentation of that variable.")
27110
27111 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27112
27113 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27114 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27115 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27116 See the documentation of that variable.")
27117
27118 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27119
27120 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27121 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27122 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27123 See the documentation of that variable.")
27124
27125 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27126
27127 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27128 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27129 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27130 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27131 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27132
27133 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27134
27135 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27136 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27137 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27138 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27139
27140 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27141
27142 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27143 User defined LaTeX block names.
27144 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27145
27146 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27147
27148 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27149 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27150 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27151 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27152
27153 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27154
27155 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27156 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27157 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27158 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27159
27160 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27161
27162 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27163 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27164 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27165 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27166
27167 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27168 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27169 for example,
27170
27171 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27172 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27173
27174 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27175 use.")
27176
27177 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27178
27179 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27180 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27181 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27182 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27183 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27184
27185 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27186
27187 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27188
27189 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27190 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27191 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27192
27193 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27194
27195 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27196 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27197 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27198 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27199 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27200
27201 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27202
27203 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27204 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27205
27206 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27207
27208 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27209 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27210
27211 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27212
27213 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27214 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27215 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27216 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27217 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27218 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27219 says which mode to use.
27220
27221 \(fn)" t nil)
27222
27223 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27224
27225 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27226
27227 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27228
27229 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27230 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27231 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27232 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27233 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27234
27235 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27236 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27237 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27238 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27239 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27240 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27241 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27242
27243 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27244 mismatched $'s or braces.
27245
27246 Special commands:
27247 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27248
27249 Mode variables:
27250 tex-run-command
27251 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27252 tex-directory
27253 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27254 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27255 tex-dvi-print-command
27256 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27257 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27258 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27259 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27260 tex-dvi-view-command
27261 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27262 tex-show-queue-command
27263 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27264 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27265
27266 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27267 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27268 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27269
27270 \(fn)" t nil)
27271
27272 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27273 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27274 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27275 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27276 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27277
27278 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27279 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27280 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27281 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27282 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27283 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27284 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27285
27286 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27287 mismatched $'s or braces.
27288
27289 Special commands:
27290 \\{latex-mode-map}
27291
27292 Mode variables:
27293 latex-run-command
27294 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27295 tex-directory
27296 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27297 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27298 tex-dvi-print-command
27299 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27300 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27301 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27302 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27303 tex-dvi-view-command
27304 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27305 tex-show-queue-command
27306 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27307 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27308
27309 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27310 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27311 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27312
27313 \(fn)" t nil)
27314
27315 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27316 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27317 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27318 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27319 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27320
27321 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27322 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27323 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27324 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27325 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27326 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27327 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27328
27329 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27330 mismatched $'s or braces.
27331
27332 Special commands:
27333 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27334
27335 Mode variables:
27336 slitex-run-command
27337 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27338 tex-directory
27339 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27340 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27341 tex-dvi-print-command
27342 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27343 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27344 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27345 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27346 tex-dvi-view-command
27347 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27348 tex-show-queue-command
27349 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27350 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27351
27352 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27353 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27354 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27355 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27356
27357 \(fn)" t nil)
27358
27359 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27360
27361
27362 \(fn)" nil nil)
27363
27364 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27365 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27366
27367 \(fn)" t nil)
27368
27369 ;;;***
27370 \f
27371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21862 60209
27372 ;;;;;; 928657 362000))
27373 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27374
27375 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27376 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27377 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27378 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27379
27380 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27381 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27382 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27383
27384 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27385
27386 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27387 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27388 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27389 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27390 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27391
27392 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27393
27394 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27395 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27396 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27397 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27398
27399 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27400 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27401 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27402 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27403
27404 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27405 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27406
27407 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27408
27409 ;;;***
27410 \f
27411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21862 60209
27412 ;;;;;; 928657 362000))
27413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27414
27415 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27416 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27417
27418 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27419
27420 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27421 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27422
27423 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27424
27425 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27426 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27427
27428 It has these extra commands:
27429 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27430
27431 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27432 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27433 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27434 modified version of TeX input format.
27435
27436 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27437 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27438 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27439 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27440
27441 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27442 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27443 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27444 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27445 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27446 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27447 in the Texinfo file.
27448
27449 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27450 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27451 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27452 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27453 move forward past the closing brace.
27454
27455 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27456 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27457
27458 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27459 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27460 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27461
27462 Here are the functions:
27463
27464 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27465 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27466 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27467
27468 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27469 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27470 texinfo-master-menu
27471
27472 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27473
27474 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27475 which menu descriptions are indented.
27476
27477 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27478 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27479 in the region.
27480
27481 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27482 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27483 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27484 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27485
27486 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27487 be the first node in the file.
27488
27489 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27490 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27491
27492 \(fn)" t nil)
27493
27494 ;;;***
27495 \f
27496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21670
27497 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27498 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27499
27500 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27501 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27502 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27503 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27504
27505 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27506
27507 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27508 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27509
27510 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27511
27512 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27513 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27514
27515 \(fn)" t nil)
27516
27517 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27518
27519
27520 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27521
27522 ;;;***
27523 \f
27524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21670 32331 885635
27525 ;;;;;; 586000))
27526 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27527
27528 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27529 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27530 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27531 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27532 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27533 `line', and `page'.
27534
27535 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27536
27537 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27538 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27539 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27540 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27541 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27542 `line', and `page'.
27543
27544 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27545 valid THING.
27546
27547 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27548 positions of the thing found.
27549
27550 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27551
27552 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27553 Return the THING at point.
27554 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27555 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27556 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27557 `line', `number', and `page'.
27558
27559 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27560 strip text properties from the return value.
27561
27562 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27563 a symbol as a valid THING.
27564
27565 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27566
27567 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27568 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27569
27570 \(fn)" nil nil)
27571
27572 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27573 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27574
27575 \(fn)" nil nil)
27576
27577 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27578 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27579
27580 \(fn)" nil nil)
27581
27582 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27583 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27584
27585 \(fn)" nil nil)
27586
27587 ;;;***
27588 \f
27589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27590 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27591
27592 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27593 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27594
27595 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27596
27597 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27598 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27599 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27600 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27601
27602 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27603
27604 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27605 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27606
27607 \(fn)" t nil)
27608
27609 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27610 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27611
27612 \(fn)" t nil)
27613
27614 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27615
27616 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27617 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27618
27619 \(fn)" t nil)
27620
27621 ;;;***
27622 \f
27623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21670
27624 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27625 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27626
27627 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27628 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27629 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27630
27631 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27632
27633 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27634 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27635
27636 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27637
27638 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27639 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27640 The returned string has no composition information.
27641
27642 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27643
27644 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27645 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27646
27647 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27648
27649 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27650 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27651
27652 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27653
27654 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27655 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27656 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27657 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27658
27659 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27660
27661 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27662 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27663 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27664 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27665
27666 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27667
27668 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27669 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27670 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27671
27672 \(fn)" t nil)
27673
27674 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27675 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27676 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27677
27678 \(fn)" t nil)
27679
27680 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27681
27682
27683 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27684
27685 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27686
27687
27688 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27689
27690 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27691
27692
27693 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27694
27695 ;;;***
27696 \f
27697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21852 24382
27698 ;;;;;; 87256 328000))
27699 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27700 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27701
27702 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27703 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27704 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27705 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27706 parameters.
27707 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27708 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27709 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27710
27711 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27712
27713 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27714 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27715 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27716 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27717 parameters.
27718 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27719 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27720 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27721
27722 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27723
27724 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27725 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27726
27727 If
27728 * character before point is a space character,
27729 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27730 constituent),
27731 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27732 characters) from before the space character, and
27733 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27734 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27735 return t.
27736
27737 Otherwise, if
27738 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27739 * character before point is a space character, and
27740 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27741 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27742 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27743
27744 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27745
27746 \(fn)" t nil)
27747
27748 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27749 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27750
27751 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27752 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27753 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27754 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27755
27756 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27757 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27758 variable will be set to the representation.
27759
27760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27761
27762 ;;;***
27763 \f
27764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27765 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27766
27767 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27768 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27769
27770 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27771 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27772
27773 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27774 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27775 This display updates automatically every minute.
27776 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27777 are displayed as well.
27778 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27779
27780 \(fn)" t nil)
27781
27782 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27783 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27784 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27785 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27786 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27787 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27788
27789 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27790
27791 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27792 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27793 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27794 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27795 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27796
27797 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27798 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27799 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27800 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27801 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27802
27803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27804
27805 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27806 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27807 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27808 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27809
27810 \(fn)" t nil)
27811
27812 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27813 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27814 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27815 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27816
27817 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27818
27819 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27820 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27821
27822 \(fn)" t nil)
27823
27824 ;;;***
27825 \f
27826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21670
27827 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27828 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27829
27830 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27831 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27832 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27833
27834 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27835 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27836 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27837 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27838 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27839 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27840
27841 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27842 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27843
27844 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27845
27846 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27847 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27848
27849 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27850
27851 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27852 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27853 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27854
27855 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27856
27857 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27858 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27859 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27860 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27861
27862 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27863 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27864 DATE should be a date-time string.
27865
27866 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27867
27868 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27869 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27870 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27871
27872 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27873
27874 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27875 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27876
27877 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27878
27879 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27880 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27881
27882 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27883
27884 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27885 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27886 TIME should be a time value.
27887 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27888
27889 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27890
27891 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27892 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27893 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27894
27895 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27896
27897 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27898 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27899 The valid format specifiers are:
27900 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27901 %d is the number of days.
27902 %h is the number of hours.
27903 %m is the number of minutes.
27904 %s is the number of seconds.
27905 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27906 %% is a literal \"%\".
27907
27908 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27909 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27910
27911 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27912 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27913 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27914
27915 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27916 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27917 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27918
27919 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27920
27921 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27922
27923 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27924 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27925
27926 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27927
27928 ;;;***
27929 \f
27930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21670 32331 885635
27931 ;;;;;; 586000))
27932 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27933 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27934 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27935 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27936 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27937 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27938 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27939 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27940 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27941
27942 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27943 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27944 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27945 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27946 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27947 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27948 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27949 look like one of the following:
27950 Time-stamp: <>
27951 Time-stamp: \" \"
27952 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27953 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27954 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27955 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27956 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27957 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27958 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27959 the template.
27960
27961 \(fn)" t nil)
27962
27963 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27964 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27965 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27966
27967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27968
27969 ;;;***
27970 \f
27971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21670
27972 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27973 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27974 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27975
27976 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27977 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27978 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27980 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27981 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27982
27983 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27984
27985 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27986 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27987 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27988 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27989 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27990 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27991 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27992 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27993 display (non-nil means on).
27994
27995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27996
27997 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27998 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27999 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28000 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28001 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28002 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28003 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28004 this function is called within a day.
28005
28006 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28007 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28008 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28009 discover the name of the project.
28010
28011 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28012
28013 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28014 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28015 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28016 begun during the last time segment.
28017
28018 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28019 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28020 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28021 discover the reason.
28022
28023 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28024
28025 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28026 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28027 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28028 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28029 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28030
28031 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28032
28033 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28034 Change to working on a different project.
28035 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28036 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28037 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28038 working on.
28039
28040 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28041
28042 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28043 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28044 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28045
28046 \(fn)" nil nil)
28047
28048 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28049 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28050 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28051
28052 \(fn)" t nil)
28053
28054 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28055 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28056 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28057 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28058 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28059 \"relative to today\".
28060
28061 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28062
28063 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28064 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28065 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28066 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28067
28068 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28069
28070 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28071 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28072 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28073 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28074 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28075 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28076
28077 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28078
28079 ;;;***
28080 \f
28081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28082 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28083 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28084
28085 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28086 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28087 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28088 the generated Quail package is saved.
28089
28090 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28091
28092 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28093 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28094 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28095 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28096 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28097 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28098 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28099
28100 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28101
28102 ;;;***
28103 \f
28104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28105 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28106 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28107 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28108
28109 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28110 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28111 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28112 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28113 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28114
28115 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28116 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28117 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28118
28119 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28120
28121 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28122 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28123 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28124 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28125 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28126
28127 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28128
28129 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28130 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28131 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28132 in the menu in two ways:
28133 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28134 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28135 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28136
28137 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28138 keymap or an alist of alists.
28139 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28140 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28141
28142 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28143
28144 ;;;***
28145 \f
28146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21855
28147 ;;;;;; 576 567563 758000))
28148 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28149
28150 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28151 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28152
28153 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28154 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28155 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28156 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28157 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28158 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28159 file was last visited.
28160
28161 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28162 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28163 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28164 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28165 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28166 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28167 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28168 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28169 for the first item.
28170
28171 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28172 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28173 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28174 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28175 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28176 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28177 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28178 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28179
28180 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28181 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28182 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28183 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28184 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28185
28186 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28187 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28188
28189 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28190
28191 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28192 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28193
28194 \\{todo-mode-map}
28195
28196 \(fn)" t nil)
28197
28198 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28199 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28200
28201 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28202
28203 \(fn)" t nil)
28204
28205 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28206 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28207
28208 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28209
28210 \(fn)" t nil)
28211
28212 ;;;***
28213 \f
28214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21670 32331 885635
28215 ;;;;;; 586000))
28216 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28217
28218 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28219 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28220 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28221
28222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28223
28224 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28225 Add an item to the tool bar.
28226 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28227 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28228 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28229 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28230
28231 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28232 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28233 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28234 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28235
28236 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28237 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28238
28239 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28240
28241 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28242 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28243 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28244 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28245 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28246 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28247
28248 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28249 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28250 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28251 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28252
28253 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28254
28255 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28256 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28257 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28258 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28259 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28260 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28261 properties to add to the binding.
28262
28263 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28264
28265 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28266 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28267
28268 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28269
28270 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28271 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28272 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28273 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28274 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28275 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28276 properties to add to the binding.
28277
28278 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28279 holds a keymap.
28280
28281 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28282
28283 ;;;***
28284 \f
28285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21670 32330 885624
28286 ;;;;;; 725000))
28287 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28288
28289 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28290 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28291 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28292 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28293 to a tcp server on another machine.
28294
28295 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28296
28297 ;;;***
28298 \f
28299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21670 32330
28300 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28301 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28302
28303 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28304 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28305
28306 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28307
28308 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28309 Helper function to get internal values.
28310 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28311
28312 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28313
28314 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28315 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28316 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28317 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28318
28319 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28320 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28321 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28322 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28323 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28324
28325 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28326 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28327 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28328 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28329
28330 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28331
28332 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28333
28334 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28335 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28336 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28337 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28338
28339 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28340
28341 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28342
28343 ;;;***
28344 \f
28345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21865 36399 47685 802000))
28346 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28347
28348 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28349 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28350 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28351
28352 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28353
28354 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28355 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28356
28357 It can have the following values:
28358
28359 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28360 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28361
28362 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28363
28364 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28365 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28366 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28367 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28368
28369 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28370
28371 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28372 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28373 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28374 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28375
28376 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28377 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28378 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28379 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28380 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28381 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28382 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28383 files which are not really Tramp files.
28384
28385 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28386 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28387 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28388 updated after changing this variable.
28389
28390 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28391
28392 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28393 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28394 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28395 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28396
28397 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28398
28399 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28400 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28401 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28402 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28403
28404 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28405 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28406 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28407
28408 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28409 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28410 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28411 updated after changing this variable.
28412
28413 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28414
28415 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28416 Alist of completion handler functions.
28417 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28418 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28419 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28420
28421 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28422 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28423 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28424 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28425
28426 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28427 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28428 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28429
28430 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28431 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28432
28433 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28434 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28435
28436 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28437
28438 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28439
28440
28441 \(fn)" nil nil)
28442
28443 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28444 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28445
28446 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28447
28448 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28449 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28450
28451 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28452
28453 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28454 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28455
28456 \(fn)" t nil)
28457
28458 ;;;***
28459 \f
28460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21670 32331
28461 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
28462 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28463
28464 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28465
28466
28467 \(fn)" nil nil)
28468
28469 ;;;***
28470 \f
28471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21670 32331 885635
28472 ;;;;;; 586000))
28473 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28474
28475 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28476 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28477 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28478 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28479 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28480 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28481 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28482 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28483
28484 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28485 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28486 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28487
28488 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28489 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28490 resumed later.
28491
28492 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28493
28494 ;;;***
28495 \f
28496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21855 577
28497 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
28498 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28499
28500 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28501
28502
28503 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28504
28505 ;;;***
28506 \f
28507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21670
28508 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28509 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28510 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28511 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28512 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28513
28514 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28515 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28516 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28517 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28518 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28519 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28520 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28521
28522 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28523
28524 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28525 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28526 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28527 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28528
28529 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28530
28531 \(fn)" t nil)
28532
28533 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28534 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28535 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28536 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28537 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28538 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28539 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28540
28541 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28542 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28543
28544 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28545 \\___/\\
28546 / \\
28547 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28548
28549 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28550
28551 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28552
28553 ;;;***
28554 \f
28555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21855 577 527945
28556 ;;;;;; 248000))
28557 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28558
28559 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28560 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28561 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28563 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28564 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28565
28566 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28567
28568 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28569 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28570 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28571
28572 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28573 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28574 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28575 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28576 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28577 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28578 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28579
28580 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28581 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28582
28583 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28584 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28585 reset the keystroke counter.
28586
28587 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28588 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28589 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28590 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28591
28592 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28593 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28594 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28595 `type-break-schedule' command.
28596
28597 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28598 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28599 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28600 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28601 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28602 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28603 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28604 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28605 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28606
28607 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28608 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28609 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28610 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28611 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28612
28613 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28614 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28615 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28616 approximate good values for this.
28617
28618 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28619 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28620
28621 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28622 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28623 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28624 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28625 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28626 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28627
28628 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28629 a typing break occur. They include:
28630
28631 `type-break-query-mode'
28632 `type-break-query-function'
28633 `type-break-query-interval'
28634
28635 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28636
28637 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28638 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28639 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28640 problems.
28641
28642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28643
28644 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28645 Take a typing break.
28646
28647 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28648 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28649
28650 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28651 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28652
28653 \(fn)" t nil)
28654
28655 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28656 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28657 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28658 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28659
28660 \(fn)" t nil)
28661
28662 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28663 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28664
28665 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28666 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28667 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28668 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28669 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28670 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28671 average typing speed.)
28672
28673 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28674 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28675 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28676 the computed maximum threshold.
28677
28678 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28679 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28680 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28681 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28682 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28683
28684 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28685
28686 ;;;***
28687 \f
28688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28689 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28690
28691 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28692 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28693 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28694 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28695 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28696
28697 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28698
28699 ;;;***
28700 \f
28701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28702 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28703 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28704
28705 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28706 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28707
28708 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28709
28710 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28711 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28712
28713 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28714
28715 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28716 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28717
28718 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28719
28720 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28721 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28722
28723 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28724
28725 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28726 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28727
28728 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28729
28730 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28731 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28732
28733 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28734
28735 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28736 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28737
28738 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28739
28740 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28741 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28742
28743 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28744
28745 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28746 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28747
28748 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28749
28750 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28751 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28752
28753 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28754
28755 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28756 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28757
28758 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28759
28760 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28761 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28762
28763 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28764
28765 ;;;***
28766 \f
28767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21670
28768 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28769 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28770
28771 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28772 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28773 Works by overstriking underscores.
28774 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28775 which specify the range to operate on.
28776
28777 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28778
28779 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28780 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28781 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28782 which specify the range to operate on.
28783
28784 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28785
28786 ;;;***
28787 \f
28788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21670 32331 385639
28789 ;;;;;; 720000))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28791
28792 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28793 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28794 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28795 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28796 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28797 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28798
28799 \(fn)" nil nil)
28800
28801 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28802 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28803 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28804
28805 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28806
28807 ;;;***
28808 \f
28809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21670 32330
28810 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28812
28813 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28814 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28815 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28816 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28817
28818 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28819
28820 ;;;***
28821 \f
28822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28823 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28824
28825 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28826 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28827 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28828 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28829 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28830
28831 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28832 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28833 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28834 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28835 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28836 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28837
28838 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28839 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28840 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28841
28842 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28843 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28844 the callback is not called).
28845
28846 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28847 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28848 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28849 take effect.
28850
28851 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28852 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28853 the server.
28854 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28855 URL-encoded before it's used.
28856
28857 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28858
28859 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28860 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28861 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28862 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28863 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28864
28865 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28866
28867 ;;;***
28868 \f
28869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21670 32331 885635
28870 ;;;;;; 586000))
28871 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28872
28873 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28874 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28875 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28876
28877 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28878 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28879 `url-generic-parse-url'
28880 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28881 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28882 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28883 realm
28884 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28885 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28886 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28887 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28888 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28889 what type of auth to use
28890 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28891 if one cannot be found in the cache
28892
28893 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28894
28895 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28896 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28897
28898 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28899 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28900 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28901 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28902 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28903 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28904 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28905 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28906
28907 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28908
28909 ;;;***
28910 \f
28911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21670 32331
28912 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
28913 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28914
28915 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28916 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28917
28918 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28919
28920 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28921 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28922 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28923
28924 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28925
28926 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28927 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28928
28929 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28930
28931 ;;;***
28932 \f
28933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21670 32331 885635
28934 ;;;;;; 586000))
28935 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28936
28937 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28938
28939
28940 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28941
28942 ;;;***
28943 \f
28944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21696 56380 925320
28945 ;;;;;; 624000))
28946 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28947
28948 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28949 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28950 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28951
28952 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28953
28954 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28955 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28956 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28957 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28958
28959 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28960 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28961 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28962 though.
28963
28964 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28965
28966 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28967 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28968 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28969
28970 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28971
28972 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28973
28974
28975 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28976
28977 ;;;***
28978 \f
28979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21670 32331 885635
28980 ;;;;;; 586000))
28981 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28982
28983 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28984 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28985
28986 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28987
28988 ;;;***
28989 \f
28990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21670 32331 885635
28991 ;;;;;; 586000))
28992 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28993
28994 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28995 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28996
28997 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28998
28999 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29000 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29001 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29002 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29003 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29004
29005 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29006 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29007
29008 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29009
29010 ;;;***
29011 \f
29012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21841
29013 ;;;;;; 54062 172628 227000))
29014 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29015
29016 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29017 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29018 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29021 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29022
29023 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29024
29025 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29026 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29027 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29028 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29029 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29030
29031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29032
29033 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29034 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29035 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29036 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29037
29038 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29039
29040 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29041 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29042 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29043 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29044 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29045 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29046 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29047 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29048 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29049 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29050
29051 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29052
29053 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29054 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29055 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29056 accessible.
29057
29058 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29059
29060 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29061
29062
29063 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29064
29065 ;;;***
29066 \f
29067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21837 20526 641128
29068 ;;;;;; 711000))
29069 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29070 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29071
29072 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29073 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29074 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29075 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29076 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29077
29078 ;;;***
29079 \f
29080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29081 ;;;;;; 586000))
29082 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29083
29084 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29085
29086
29087 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29088
29089 ;;;***
29090 \f
29091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21670 32331 885635
29092 ;;;;;; 586000))
29093 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29094
29095 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29096 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29097 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29098 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29099 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29100
29101 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29102
29103 ;;;***
29104 \f
29105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21670 32331
29106 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29107 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29108
29109 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29110
29111
29112 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29113
29114 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29115 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29116
29117 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29118
29119 ;;;***
29120 \f
29121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29122 ;;;;;; 586000))
29123 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29124
29125 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29126 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29127
29128 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29129
29130 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29131 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29132
29133 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29134
29135 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29136
29137
29138 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29139
29140 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29141
29142 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29143
29144 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29145
29146 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29147 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29148
29149 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29150
29151 ;;;***
29152 \f
29153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21670 32331 885635
29154 ;;;;;; 586000))
29155 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29156
29157 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29158
29159
29160 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29161
29162 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29163
29164
29165 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29166
29167 ;;;***
29168 \f
29169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21670 32331 885635
29170 ;;;;;; 586000))
29171 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29172
29173 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29174
29175
29176 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29177
29178 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29179
29180
29181 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29182
29183 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29184
29185
29186 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29187
29188 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29189
29190
29191 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29192
29193 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29194
29195
29196 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29197
29198 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29199
29200
29201 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29202
29203 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29204
29205
29206 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29207
29208 ;;;***
29209 \f
29210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21670 32331
29211 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29212 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29213
29214 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29215 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29216
29217 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29218
29219 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29220 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29221 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29222
29223 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29224 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29225 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29226 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29227 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29228 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29229 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29230 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29231 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29232 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29233 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29234 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29235 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29236 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29237
29238 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29239 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29240 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29241
29242 Here is an example. The URL
29243
29244 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29245
29246 parses to
29247
29248 TYPE = \"foo\"
29249 USER = \"bob\"
29250 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29251 HOST = \"example.com\"
29252 PORTSPEC = 42
29253 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29254 TARGET = \"nose\"
29255 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29256 FULLNESS = t
29257
29258 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29259
29260 ;;;***
29261 \f
29262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21670 32331
29263 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29264 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29265
29266 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29267 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29268
29269 \(fn)" t nil)
29270
29271 ;;;***
29272 \f
29273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21670 32331
29274 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29275 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29276
29277 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29278 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29279 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29280 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29281 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29282 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29283
29284 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29285
29286 ;;;***
29287 \f
29288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21670 32331
29289 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29290 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29291
29292 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29293 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29294 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29295
29296 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29297
29298 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29299 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29300 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29301 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29302
29303 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29304
29305 ;;;***
29306 \f
29307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21670 32331 885635
29308 ;;;;;; 586000))
29309 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29310
29311 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29312 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29313 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29314
29315 If t, all messages will be logged.
29316 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29317 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29318
29319 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29320
29321 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29322
29323
29324 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29325
29326 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29327
29328
29329 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29330
29331 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29332 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29333 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29334 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29335 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29336 & ==> &amp;
29337 < ==> &lt;
29338 > ==> &gt;
29339 \" ==> &quot;
29340
29341 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29342
29343 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29344 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29345 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29346
29347 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29348
29349 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29350 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29351 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29352
29353 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29354
29355 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29356 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29357
29358 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29359
29360 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29361 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29362
29363 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29364
29365 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29366 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29367
29368 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29369
29370 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29371
29372
29373 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29374
29375 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29376
29377
29378 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29379
29380 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29381
29382 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29383 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29384
29385 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29386
29387 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29388 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29389
29390 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29391
29392 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29393
29394
29395 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29396
29397 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29398 Build a query-string.
29399
29400 Given a QUERY in the form:
29401 '((key1 val1)
29402 (key2 val2)
29403 (key3 val1 val2)
29404 (key4)
29405 (key5 \"\"))
29406
29407 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29408
29409 This will return a string
29410 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29411 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29412 be used.
29413
29414 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29415
29416 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29417 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29418
29419 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29420
29421 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29422 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29423 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29424 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29425 forbidden in URL encoding.
29426
29427 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29428
29429 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29430 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29431 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29432 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29433 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29434 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29435
29436 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29437 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29438 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29439 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29440
29441 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29442
29443 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29444 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29445 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29446 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29447 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29448 should return it unchanged.
29449
29450 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29451
29452 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29453 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29454 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29455 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29456
29457 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29458
29459 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29460 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29461 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29462
29463 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29464
29465 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29466 View the current document's URL.
29467 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29468 the minibuffer.
29469
29470 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29471
29472 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29473
29474 ;;;***
29475 \f
29476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21670 32331 885635
29477 ;;;;;; 586000))
29478 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29479
29480 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29481 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29482 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29483 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29484 to refrain from editing the file
29485 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29486 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29487 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29488 in any way you like.
29489
29490 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29491
29492 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29493 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29494 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29495 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29496 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29497
29498 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29499 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29500
29501 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29502
29503 ;;;***
29504 \f
29505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21670 32331
29506 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29507 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29508
29509 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29510
29511
29512 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29513
29514 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29515
29516
29517 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29518
29519 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29520
29521
29522 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29523
29524 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29525
29526
29527 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29528
29529 ;;;***
29530 \f
29531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
29532 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29533
29534 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29535 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29536
29537 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29538
29539 ;;;***
29540 \f
29541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21855 577 67944
29542 ;;;;;; 554000))
29543 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29544
29545 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29546 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29547 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29548 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29549
29550 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29551
29552 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29553 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29554 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29555
29556 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29557
29558 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29559 Uudecode region between START and END.
29560 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29561
29562 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29563
29564 ;;;***
29565 \f
29566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21850 34915 137255 549000))
29567 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29568
29569 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29570 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29571 See `run-hooks'.")
29572
29573 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29574
29575 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29576 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29577 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29578
29579 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29580
29581 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29582 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29583 See `run-hooks'.")
29584
29585 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29586
29587 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29588 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29589
29590 If FILE is already registered, return the
29591 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29592 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29593 responsible for FILE is returned.
29594
29595 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29596
29597 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29598 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29599 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29600 same state. If not, signal an error.
29601
29602 For merging-based version control systems:
29603 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29604 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29605 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29606 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29607 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29608 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29609
29610 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29611 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29612 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29613 the file(s) for editing.
29614 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29615 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29616 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29617 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29618 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29619
29620 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29621
29622 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29623 Register into a version control system.
29624 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29625 Otherwise register the current file.
29626 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29627
29628 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29629 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29630 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29631 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29632 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29633 first backend that could register the file is used.
29634
29635 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29636
29637 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29638 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29639
29640 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29641
29642 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29643 Display diffs between file revisions.
29644 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29645 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29646 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29647
29648 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29649 saving the buffer.
29650
29651 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29652
29653 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29654 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29655 repository history using ediff.
29656
29657 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29658
29659 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29660 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29661 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29662 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29663 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29664
29665 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29666 saving the buffer.
29667
29668 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29669
29670 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29671 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29672 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29673 fileset with the working revision.
29674 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29675 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29676
29677 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29678 saving the buffer.
29679
29680 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29681
29682 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29683 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29684 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29685
29686 \(fn)" nil nil)
29687
29688 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29689 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29690 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29691 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29692
29693 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29694
29695 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29696 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29697 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29698 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29699
29700 \(fn)" t nil)
29701
29702 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29703 Perform a version control merge operation.
29704 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29705 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29706 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29707 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29708
29709 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29710 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29711 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29712 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29713 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29714 changes from the current branch.
29715
29716 \(fn)" t nil)
29717
29718 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29719
29720 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29721 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29722 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29723 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29724 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29725 checked out in that new branch.
29726
29727 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29728
29729 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29730 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29731 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29732 named branch in the directory DIR.
29733 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29734 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29735 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29736 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29737 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29738 allowed and simply skipped).
29739
29740 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29741
29742 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29743 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29744 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29745 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29746 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29747
29748 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29749 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29750
29751 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29752
29753 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29754 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29755 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29756 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29757 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29758
29759 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29760
29761 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29762 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29763 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29764
29765 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29766
29767 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29768 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29769 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29770
29771 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29772
29773 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29774 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29775
29776 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29777
29778 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29779 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29780 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29781 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29782
29783 \(fn)" t nil)
29784
29785 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29786
29787 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29788 Update the current fileset or branch.
29789 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29790 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29791 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29792 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29793
29794 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29795 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29796 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29797 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29798 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29799
29800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29801
29802 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29803
29804 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
29805 Push the current branch.
29806 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29807 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
29808 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
29809 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt.
29810 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
29811
29812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29813
29814 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29815 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29816 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29817 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29818 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29819 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29820 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29821
29822 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29823
29824 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29825 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29826 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29827 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29828 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29829 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29830 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29831 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29832 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29833
29834 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29835
29836 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29837 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29838 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29839 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29840
29841 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29842
29843 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29844 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29845 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29846 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29847
29848 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29849
29850 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29851 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29852 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29853 directory.
29854
29855 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29856
29857 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29858 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29859 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29860
29861 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29862 log entries should be gathered.
29863
29864 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29865
29866 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29867 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29868
29869 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29870
29871 ;;;***
29872 \f
29873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21850 34915
29874 ;;;;;; 127238 802000))
29875 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29876
29877 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29878 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29879
29880 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29881 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29882 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29883 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29884 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29885 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29886
29887 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29888 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29889 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29890 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29891 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29892 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29893 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29894 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29895
29896 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29897
29898 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29899
29900 Customization variables:
29901
29902 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29903 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29904 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29905 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29906 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29907 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29908
29909 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29910
29911 ;;;***
29912 \f
29913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21852 24382 97237
29914 ;;;;;; 703000))
29915 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29916
29917 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29918 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29919
29920 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29921 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29922 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29923 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29924 (progn
29925 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29926 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29927
29928 ;;;***
29929 \f
29930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21826 49707 480493
29931 ;;;;;; 554000))
29932 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29933 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29934 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29935 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29936 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29937 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29938 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29939
29940 ;;;***
29941 \f
29942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21842 40083 319216
29943 ;;;;;; 272000))
29944 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29945
29946 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29947 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29948 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29949 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29950 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29951
29952 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29953 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29954 The file lines appear later.
29955
29956 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29957 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29958
29959 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29960
29961 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29962
29963 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29964
29965 ;;;***
29966 \f
29967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21862
29968 ;;;;;; 60209 928657 362000))
29969 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29970
29971 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29972 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29973 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29974 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29975 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29976 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29977 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29978 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29979 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29980 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29981 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29982 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29983 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29984 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29985 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29986
29987 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29988
29989 ;;;***
29990 \f
29991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21850 34915 127238
29992 ;;;;;; 802000))
29993 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29994 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29995 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29996 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29997 (progn
29998 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29999 (vc-git-registered file))))
30000
30001 ;;;***
30002 \f
30003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21842 40086 557968 381000))
30004 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30005 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30006 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30007 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30008 (progn
30009 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30010 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30011
30012 ;;;***
30013 \f
30014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21826 49712 314797
30015 ;;;;;; 780000))
30016 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30017
30018 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30019 Name of the monotone directory.")
30020
30021 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30022 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30023 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30024 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30025 (progn
30026 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30027 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30028
30029 ;;;***
30030 \f
30031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21826 49714 91236
30032 ;;;;;; 252000))
30033 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30034
30035 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30036 Where to look for RCS master files.
30037 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30038
30039 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30040
30041 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30042
30043 ;;;***
30044 \f
30045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21748 18111 534605
30046 ;;;;;; 274000))
30047 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30048
30049 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30050 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30051 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30052
30053 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30054
30055 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30056
30057 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30058 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30059 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30060 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30061
30062 ;;;***
30063 \f
30064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21748 18111 534605
30065 ;;;;;; 274000))
30066 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30067
30068 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30069 Where to look for SRC master files.
30070 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30071
30072 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30073
30074 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30075
30076 ;;;***
30077 \f
30078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21744 21055 525326
30079 ;;;;;; 515000))
30080 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30081 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30082 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30083 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30084 "_svn")
30085 (t ".svn"))))
30086 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30087 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30088 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30089
30090 ;;;***
30091 \f
30092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21670
30093 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
30094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30095 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30096 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30097
30098 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30099 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30100
30101 Usage:
30102 ------
30103
30104 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30105 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30106 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30107 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30108
30109 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30110 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30111 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30112 completions.
30113
30114 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30115 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30116
30117 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30118 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30119
30120 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30121 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30122 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30123
30124 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30125
30126
30127 Maintenance:
30128 ------------
30129
30130 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30131 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30132
30133 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30134
30135 Official distribution is at
30136 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30137
30138
30139 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30140 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30141
30142 Key bindings:
30143 -------------
30144
30145 \\{vera-mode-map}
30146
30147 \(fn)" t nil)
30148
30149 ;;;***
30150 \f
30151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30152 ;;;;;; (21862 60209 898658 614000))
30153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30154
30155 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30156 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30157 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30158 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30159 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30160
30161 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30162
30163 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30164 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30165
30166 Supports highlighting.
30167
30168 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30169 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30170
30171 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30172
30173 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30174 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30175 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30176 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30177 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30178 on the left side of your screen.
30179 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30180 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30181 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30182 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30183 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30184 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30185 function keyword.
30186 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30187 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30188 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30189 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30190 if (a)
30191 begin
30192 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30193 Indentation for case statements.
30194 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30195 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30196 mark after an end.
30197 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30198 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30199 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30200 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30201 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30202 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30203 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30204 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30205 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30206 if (a)
30207 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30208 otherwise you get:
30209 if (a)
30210 begin
30211 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30212 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30213 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30214 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30215 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30216 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30217 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30218 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30219 comments in tight quarters.
30220 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30221 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30222
30223 Variables controlling other actions:
30224
30225 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30226 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30227 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30228
30229 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30230
30231 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30232
30233 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30234 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30235 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30236
30237 Some other functions are:
30238
30239 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30240 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30241 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30242 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30243 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30244
30245 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30246 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30247 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30248 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30249
30250 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30251 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30252 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30253 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30254 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30255 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30256 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30257 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30258 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30259 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30260 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30261 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30262 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30263 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30264 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30265 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30266 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30267 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30268 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30269 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30270 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30271 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30272 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30273 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30274 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30275 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30276 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30277 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30278 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30279 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30280 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30281
30282 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30283 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30284
30285 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30286
30287 \(fn)" t nil)
30288
30289 ;;;***
30290 \f
30291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21866
30292 ;;;;;; 57262 717944 751000))
30293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30294
30295 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30296 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30297
30298 Usage:
30299 ------
30300
30301 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30302 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30303 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30304 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30305 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30306 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30307 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30308 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30309 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30310
30311 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30312 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30313 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30314 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30315
30316 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30317 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30318 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30319 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30320 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30321
30322 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30323 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30324
30325
30326 HEADER INSERTION:
30327 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30328 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30329 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30330
30331
30332 STUTTERING:
30333 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30334 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30335 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30336 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30337
30338 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30339 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30340 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30341 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30342 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30343
30344
30345 WORD COMPLETION:
30346 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30347 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30348 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30349 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30350
30351 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30352 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30353 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30354 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30355 beginning with \"std\").
30356
30357 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30358 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30359 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30360 stop.
30361
30362
30363 COMMENTS:
30364 `--' puts a single comment.
30365 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30366 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30367 with a comment in between.
30368 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30369 out following lines.
30370 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30371 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30372 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30373 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30374
30375 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30376 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30377 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30378 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30379 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30380 non-nil.
30381
30382 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30383 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30384 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30385 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30386 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30387 multi-line comments.
30388
30389
30390 INDENTATION:
30391 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30392 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30393 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30394 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30395 the entire region.
30396
30397 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30398 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30399 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30400 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30401
30402 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30403 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30404 and vice versa.
30405
30406 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30407 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30408
30409 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30410 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30411 line.
30412
30413
30414 ALIGNMENT:
30415 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30416 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30417 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30418 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30419 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30420 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30421 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30422 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30423
30424 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30425 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30426 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30427 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30428 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30429 is non-nil.
30430
30431 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30432 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30433 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30434
30435 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30436 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30437
30438
30439 CODE FILLING:
30440 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30441 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30442 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30443 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30444 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30445 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30446
30447
30448 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30449 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30450 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30451 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30452 command:
30453
30454 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30455
30456
30457 PORT TRANSLATION:
30458 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30459 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30460 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30461 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30462 internal signal initializations (menu).
30463
30464 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30465 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30466 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30467
30468 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30469 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30470 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30471 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30472 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30473 in subsequent paste operations.)
30474
30475 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30476 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30477 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30478
30479
30480 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30481 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30482 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30483 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30484 association list with formals).
30485
30486
30487 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30488 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30489 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30490 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30491 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30492 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30493 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30494 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30495 `vhdl-testbench'.
30496
30497
30498 KEY BINDINGS:
30499 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30500
30501
30502 VHDL MENU:
30503 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30504
30505
30506 FILE BROWSER:
30507 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30508 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30509 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30510
30511 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30512 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30513
30514
30515 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30516 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30517 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30518 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30519
30520 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30521 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30522 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30523
30524 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30525 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30526 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30527 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30528
30529 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30530 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30531 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30532 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30533 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30534
30535 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30536 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30537 required by secondary units.
30538
30539
30540 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30541 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30542 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30543 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30544 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30545 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30546 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30547 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30548 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30549 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30550 inputs to this component -> input port created
30551 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30552 outputs from this component -> output port created
30553 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30554 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30555
30556 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30557 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30558 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30559 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30560 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30561
30562 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30563 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30564
30565 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30566 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30567 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30568 component instantiation is also supported (option
30569 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30570
30571 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30572 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30573 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30574 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30575 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30576 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30577 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30578 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30579 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30580 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30581 generating the configuration.
30582
30583 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30584 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30585 configurations in speedbar.
30586
30587 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30588
30589
30590 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30591 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30592 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30593 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30594 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30595 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30596 information. New compilers can be added.
30597
30598 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30599 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30600
30601
30602 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30603 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30604 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30605 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30606 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30607
30608 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30609 command:
30610
30611 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30612 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30613 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30614
30615 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30616 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30617 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30618 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30619 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30620 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30621 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30622 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30623 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30624
30625 Limitations:
30626 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30627 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30628 not (yet) supported.
30629 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30630 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30631 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30632
30633
30634 PROJECTS:
30635 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30636 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30637 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30638 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30639 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30640 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30641 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30642 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30643
30644 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30645 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30646 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30647 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30648 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30649 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30650 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30651 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30652 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30653 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30654 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30655
30656
30657 SPECIAL MENUES:
30658 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30659 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30660 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30661 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30662 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30663 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30664 current directory for VHDL source files.
30665
30666
30667 VHDL STANDARDS:
30668 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30669 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30670
30671
30672 KEYWORD CASE:
30673 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30674 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30675 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30676 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30677 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30678 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30679 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30680 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30681
30682
30683 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30684 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30685 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30686 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30687 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30688 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30689 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30690
30691 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30692 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30693 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30694 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30695 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30696 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30697
30698 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30699 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30700 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30701 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30702 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30703 visually.
30704
30705 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30706 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30707 highlighted if written in lower case.
30708
30709 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30710 highlighted using a different background color if option
30711 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30712
30713 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30714 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30715 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30716 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30717 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30718
30719
30720 USER MODELS:
30721 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30722 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30723 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30724
30725
30726 HIDE/SHOW:
30727 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30728 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30729 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30730 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30731 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30732
30733
30734 CODE UPDATING:
30735 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30736 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30737 Limitations:
30738 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30739 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30740 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30741 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30742 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30743 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30744 (used to obtain the port names).
30745 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30746 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30747 sensitivity lists.
30748
30749
30750 CODE FIXING:
30751 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30752 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30753
30754
30755 PRINTING:
30756 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30757 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30758 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30759 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30760 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30761 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30762 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30763 printers.
30764
30765
30766 OPTIONS:
30767 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30768 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30769 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30770 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30771 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30772
30773 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30774 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30775 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30776 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30777 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30778 INSTALL file).
30779
30780 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30781 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30782
30783
30784 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30785 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30786 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30787 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30788
30789 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30790
30791
30792 HINTS:
30793 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30794 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30795
30796 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30797
30798 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30799
30800 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30801
30802
30803 RELEASE NOTES:
30804 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30805
30806
30807 Maintenance:
30808 ------------
30809
30810 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30811 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30812
30813 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30814
30815 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30816 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30817 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30818 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30819
30820 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30821 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30822 where the latest version can be found.
30823
30824
30825 Known problems:
30826 ---------------
30827
30828 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30829 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30830 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30831 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30832
30833
30834 The VHDL Mode Authors
30835 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30836
30837 Key bindings:
30838 -------------
30839
30840 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30841
30842 \(fn)" t nil)
30843
30844 ;;;***
30845 \f
30846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21670
30847 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
30848 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30849
30850 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30851 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30852
30853 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30854
30855 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30856 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30857 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30858 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30859
30860 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30861
30862 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30863 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30864
30865 \(fn)" t nil)
30866
30867 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30868 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30869 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30870 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30871
30872 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30873
30874 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30875 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30876
30877 \(fn)" t nil)
30878
30879 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30880
30881
30882 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30883
30884 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30885
30886
30887 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30888
30889 ;;;***
30890 \f
30891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
30892 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30893
30894 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30895 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30896 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30897
30898 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30899
30900 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30901 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30902 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30903 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30904
30905 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30906
30907 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30908 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30909
30910 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30911
30912 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30913 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30914 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30915 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30916 moving around in the buffer.
30917 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30918 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30919
30920 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30921
30922 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30923
30924 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30925 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30926 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30927 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30928
30929 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30930 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30931 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30932 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30933 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30934
30935 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30936
30937 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30938
30939 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30940 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30941 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30942 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30943 buffer.
30944
30945 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30946 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30947 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30948 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30949 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30950
30951 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30952
30953 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30954
30955 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30956 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30957 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30958 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30959 moving around in the buffer.
30960 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30961 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30962
30963 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30964
30965 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30966 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30967 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30968
30969 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30970 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30971 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30972 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30973
30974 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30975 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30976 own View-like bindings.
30977
30978 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30979
30980 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30981 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30982 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30983 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30984 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30985 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30986 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30987
30988 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30989
30990 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30991
30992 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30993 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30994 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30995
30996 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30997 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30998 own View-like bindings.
30999
31000 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31001
31002 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31003 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31004 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31005 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31006 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31007 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31008 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31009
31010 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31011
31012 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31013
31014 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31015 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31016 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31017
31018 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31019 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31020 own View-like bindings.
31021
31022 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31023
31024 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31025 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31026 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31027 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31028 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31029
31030 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31031 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31032 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31033 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31034
31035 \\<view-mode-map>
31036
31037 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31038 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31039 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31040 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31041 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31042 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31043 to a repeat count of one.
31044
31045 H, h, ? This message.
31046 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31047 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31048 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31049 > move to the end of buffer.
31050 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31051 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31052 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31053 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31054 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31055 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31056 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31057 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31058 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31059 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31060 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31061 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31062 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31063 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31064 Use this to view a changing file.
31065 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31066 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31067 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31068 . set the mark.
31069 x exchanges point and mark.
31070 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31071 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31072 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31073 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31074 ' go to position saved in character register.
31075 s do forward incremental search.
31076 r do reverse incremental search.
31077 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31078 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31079 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31080 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31081 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31082 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31083 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31084 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31085 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31086 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31087 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31088 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31089 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31090 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31091 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31092 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31093 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31094
31095 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31096 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31097 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31098 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31099 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31100 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31101 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31102 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31103 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31104
31105 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31106
31107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31108
31109 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31110 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31111 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31112 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31113 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31114 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31115 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31116 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31117 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31118
31119 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31120
31121 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31122
31123 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31124 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31125 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31126 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31127 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31128 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31129
31130 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31131 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31132 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31133
31134 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31135
31136 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31137
31138 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31139
31140 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31141 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31142
31143 \(fn)" t nil)
31144
31145 ;;;***
31146 \f
31147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21670 32330 885624
31148 ;;;;;; 725000))
31149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31150 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31151
31152 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31153 Toggle Viper on/off.
31154 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31155
31156 \(fn)" t nil)
31157
31158 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31159 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31160
31161 \(fn)" t nil)
31162
31163 ;;;***
31164 \f
31165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21670
31166 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
31167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31168
31169 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31170 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31171 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31172 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31173 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31174 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31175 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31176 the beginning of the warning.")
31177
31178 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31179 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31180 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31181 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31182 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31183 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31184 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31185 also call that function before the next warning.")
31186
31187 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31188 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31189
31190 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31191 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31192 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31193 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31194
31195 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31196 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31197 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31198 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31199 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31200 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31201
31202 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31203 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31204 Default is :warning.
31205
31206 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31207 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31208 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31209 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31210 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31211 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31212
31213 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31214 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31215 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31216
31217 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31218
31219 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31220 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31221
31222 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31223
31224 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31225 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31226 \\<special-mode-map>
31227 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31228 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31229
31230 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31231 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31232 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31233 can be whatever you like.)
31234
31235 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31236 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31237
31238 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31239 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31240 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31241 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31242 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31243
31244 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31245
31246 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31247 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31248 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31249 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31250 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31251
31252 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31253
31254 ;;;***
31255 \f
31256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31257 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31258 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31259
31260 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31261 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31262 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31263 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31264 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31265 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31266 directories to reflect your edits.
31267
31268 See `wdired-mode'.
31269
31270 \(fn)" t nil)
31271
31272 ;;;***
31273 \f
31274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21670 32331 385639
31275 ;;;;;; 720000))
31276 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31277
31278 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31279 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31280
31281 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31282 hotlist.
31283
31284 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31285 <nwv@acm.org>.
31286
31287 \(fn)" t nil)
31288
31289 ;;;***
31290 \f
31291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21670
31292 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
31293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31294 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31295 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31296
31297 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31298
31299 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31300 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31301 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31302 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31303 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31304 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31305
31306 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31307
31308 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31309 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31310 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31311 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31312 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31313
31314 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31315 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31316 in certain major modes.
31317
31318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31319
31320 ;;;***
31321 \f
31322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21828 42028 670509
31323 ;;;;;; 602000))
31324 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31325 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31326
31327 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31328 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31330 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31331 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31332
31333 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31334 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31335
31336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31337
31338 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31339 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31340 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31341 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31342 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31343
31344 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31345 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31346 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31347 use `whitespace-mode'.
31348
31349 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31350
31351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31352
31353 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31354 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31355 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31357 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31358 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31359
31360 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31361
31362 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31363 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31364 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31365 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31366 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31367
31368 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31369 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31370
31371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31372
31373 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31374 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31375 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31376 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31377 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31378 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31379
31380 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31381
31382 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31383 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31384 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31385 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31386 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31387
31388 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31389 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31390 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31391 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31392
31393 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31394
31395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31396
31397 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31398 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31399
31400 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31401 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31402
31403 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31404 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31405
31406 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31407
31408 CHAR MEANING
31409 (VIA FACES)
31410 f toggle face visualization
31411 t toggle TAB visualization
31412 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31413 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31414 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31415 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31416 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31417 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31418 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31419 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31420 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31421 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31422 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31423 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31424 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31425 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31426 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31427 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31428
31429 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31430 T toggle TAB visualization
31431 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31432 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31433
31434 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31435 ? display brief help
31436
31437 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31438 The valid symbols are:
31439
31440 face toggle face visualization
31441 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31442 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31443 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31444 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31445 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31446 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31447 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31448 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31449 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31450 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31451 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31452 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31453 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31454 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31455 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31456 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31457 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31458
31459 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31460 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31461 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31462
31463 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31464
31465 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31466
31467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31468
31469 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31470 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31471
31472 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31473 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31474
31475 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31476 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31477
31478 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31479
31480 CHAR MEANING
31481 (VIA FACES)
31482 f toggle face visualization
31483 t toggle TAB visualization
31484 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31485 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31486 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31487 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31488 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31489 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31490 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31491 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31492 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31493 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31494 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31495 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31496 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31497 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31498 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31499 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31500
31501 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31502 T toggle TAB visualization
31503 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31504 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31505
31506 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31507 ? display brief help
31508
31509 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31510 The valid symbols are:
31511
31512 face toggle face visualization
31513 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31514 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31515 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31516 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31517 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31518 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31519 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31520 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31521 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31522 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31523 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31524 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31525 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31526 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31527 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31528 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31529 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31530
31531 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31532 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31533 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31534
31535 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31536
31537 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31538
31539 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31540
31541 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31542 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31543
31544 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31545 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31546 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31547 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31548 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31549
31550 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31551
31552 The problems cleaned up are:
31553
31554 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31555 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31556 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31557 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31558
31559 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31560 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31561 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31562 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31563 SPACEs.
31564 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31565 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31566 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31567 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31568
31569 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31570 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31571 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31572 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31573 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31574 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31575 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31576 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31577
31578 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31579 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31580 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31581
31582 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31583 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31584 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31585 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31586 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31587 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31588 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31589 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31590
31591 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31592 documentation.
31593
31594 \(fn)" t nil)
31595
31596 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31597 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31598
31599 The problems cleaned up are:
31600
31601 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31602 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31603 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31604 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31605 SPACEs.
31606 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31607 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31608 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31609 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31610
31611 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31612 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31613 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31614 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31615 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31616 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31617 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31618 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31619
31620 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31621 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31622 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31623
31624 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31625 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31626 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31627 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31628 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31629 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31630 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31631 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31632
31633 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31634 documentation.
31635
31636 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31637
31638 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31639 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31640
31641 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31642
31643 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31644
31645 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31646 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31647
31648 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31649 non-nil.
31650
31651 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31652 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31653 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31654
31655 empty
31656 trailing
31657 indentation
31658 space-before-tab
31659 space-after-tab
31660
31661 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31662 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31663 report problems.
31664
31665 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31666
31667 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31668 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31669 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31670 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31671 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31672 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31673 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31674
31675 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31676 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31677 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31678 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31679 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31680 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31681 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31682
31683 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31684 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31685 cleaning up these problems.
31686
31687 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31688
31689 ;;;***
31690 \f
31691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31692 ;;;;;; 586000))
31693 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31694
31695 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31696 Browse the widget under point.
31697
31698 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31699
31700 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31701 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31702
31703 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31704
31705 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31706 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31707
31708 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31709
31710 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31711 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31713 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31714 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31715
31716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31717
31718 ;;;***
31719 \f
31720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21862 60209 928657
31721 ;;;;;; 362000))
31722 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31723
31724 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31725 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31726
31727 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31728
31729 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31730 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31731 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31732
31733 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31734
31735 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31736 Create widget of TYPE.
31737 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31738
31739 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31740
31741 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31742 Delete WIDGET.
31743
31744 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31745
31746 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31747 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31748
31749 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31750
31751 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31752 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31753 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31754 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31755
31756 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31757 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31758
31759 \(fn)" nil nil)
31760
31761 ;;;***
31762 \f
31763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21852 24382 97237
31764 ;;;;;; 703000))
31765 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31766
31767 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31768 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31769 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31770 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31771 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31772 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31773 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31774
31775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31776
31777 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31778 Select the window above the current one.
31779 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31780 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31781 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31782 negative ARG) of the current window.
31783 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31784
31785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31786
31787 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31788 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31789 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31790 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31791 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31792 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31793 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31794
31795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31796
31797 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31798 Select the window below the current one.
31799 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31800 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31801 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31802 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31803 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31804
31805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31806
31807 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31808 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31809 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31810 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31811
31812 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31813
31814 ;;;***
31815 \f
31816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21733 50750 334730 5000))
31817 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31818
31819 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31820 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31821 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31822 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31823 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31824 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31825
31826 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31827
31828 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31829 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31830 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31831 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31832 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31833 \\{winner-mode-map}
31834
31835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31836
31837 ;;;***
31838 \f
31839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21855 577 547944 710000))
31840 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31841 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31842
31843 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31844 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31845 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31846 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31847 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31848
31849 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31850
31851 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31852 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31853 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31854 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31855 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31856 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31857 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31858 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31859
31860 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31861 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31862
31863 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31864
31865 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31866 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31867
31868 \(fn)" t nil)
31869
31870 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31871 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31872 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31873 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31874 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31875 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31876 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31877 `woman' command for further details.
31878
31879 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31880
31881 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31882 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31883
31884 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31885
31886 ;;;***
31887 \f
31888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31889 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31890
31891 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31892 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31893 Return the top node with all its children.
31894 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31895
31896 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31897 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31898 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31899
31900 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31901
31902 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31903 namespace to URIs instead.
31904
31905 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31906 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31907
31908 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31909
31910 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31911
31912 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31913
31914 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31915 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31916 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31917 not contain well-formed XML.
31918
31919 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31920 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31921 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31922 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31923 element of the list.
31924 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31925 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31926 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31927
31928 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31929
31930 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31931 namespace to URIs instead.
31932
31933 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31934 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31935
31936 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31937
31938 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31939
31940 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31941
31942 ;;;***
31943 \f
31944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21670 32331 385639
31945 ;;;;;; 720000))
31946 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31947
31948 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31949 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31950 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31951 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31952 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31953 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31954 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31955 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31956 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31957 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31958
31959 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31960
31961 ;;;***
31962 \f
31963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21861 5946 771514
31964 ;;;;;; 868000))
31965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
31966
31967 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
31968 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
31969
31970 \(fn)" t nil)
31971
31972 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
31973 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
31974
31975 \(fn)" nil nil)
31976
31977 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
31978 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
31979 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
31980 prompt for it.
31981
31982 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31983
31984 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
31985 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
31986
31987 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31988
31989 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
31990 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
31991
31992 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31993
31994 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
31995 Find references to the identifier at point.
31996 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
31997
31998 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31999
32000 (autoload 'xref-find-regexp "xref" "\
32001 Find all matches for REGEXP.
32002
32003 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32004
32005 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32006 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32007 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32008
32009 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32010 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32011 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32012 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32013 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32014 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32015
32016 ;;;***
32017 \f
32018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21852 24382 117243
32019 ;;;;;; 951000))
32020 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32021
32022 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32023 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32024 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32025 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32026 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32027 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32028
32029 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32030
32031 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32032 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32033 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32034 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32035 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32036
32037 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32038 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32039 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32040 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32041 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32042 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32043
32044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32045
32046 ;;;***
32047 \f
32048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32050
32051 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32052 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32053
32054 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32055
32056 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32057 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32058
32059 \(fn)" nil nil)
32060
32061 ;;;***
32062 \f
32063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32064 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32065
32066 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32067 Zone out, completely.
32068
32069 \(fn)" t nil)
32070
32071 ;;;***
32072 \f
32073 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (21868 12847 464673 840000))
32280
32281 ;;;***
32282 \f
32283 (provide 'loaddefs)
32284 ;; Local Variables:
32285 ;; version-control: never
32286 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32287 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32288 ;; coding: utf-8
32289 ;; End:
32290 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here